The URL can be used to link to this page

combined MEP and Arch specs 1 FINAL Outline Specifications for Use By Wright Builders Inc. ONLY (Copyright 2015) Wright Builders, Inc. 48 Bates Street, Northampton MA 01060 Phone (413) 586-8287 Fax (413) 587-9276 Customer Name: The Upper Ridge Date: June 08, 2015 Customer Address: Flats East Phone #: Job location: Village Hill, Northampton, MA 01060 Job Phone: Project Manager: Jay Heilman Foreman: Jon Palmer All systems and materials are expected to meet 2015 Energy Star and LEED for Homes performance standards as applicable and current applicable Massachusetts State Building Code(s). LEED Requirement>Notice to Vendors: Wright Builders prefers to purchase wood products that are certified according to the guidelines of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). Wright Builders also prefers not to use any tropical wood or wood products. If any tropical wood or wood products are supplied, they must be FSC certified. Please provide the country of manufacture of each wood product you expect to supply to use. Also please provide a list of FSC-certified products you can supply. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. All contractors are expected to furnish samples, MSDS, and manuals as appropriate. Set up, start up and maintenance requirements of equipment are to be provided to customer with briefing & operation instructions as needed. All products and installation are guaranteed for one year from substantial completion. All terms of Wright Builders, Inc. contract with the customer apply to all subcontractors and supplies. NOTE: Items in “italics” indicate suggestions but not yet confirmed selections by owner. DIVISION 01 01 00 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS 01 01 01 Building Design Design, engineering (as required) drafting and office costs, etc. Site plan cost to be incurred according to P & S documents. 01 01 03 Building Permits and Fees Permits and fees as noted. __x___ Building Permit __x___ Gas Permit by Sub 2 __x___ Plumbing Permit by Sub __x___ Electrical Permit by Sub __x___ Fire Dept. Inspection Fee __x___ Driveway Permit __x___ Sewer Tie In Fee __x___ Water Meter Fees __x___ Trench Permit __x___ Water Entry Fee __x___ Storm Tie in Permit __x___ Under Ground Utility Allowance __x___ CET/Third Party Rater Fees __x___ USCBC LEED Fees __x___ Back Flow Preventer Fee __x___ Bank Inspection Fee __x___ Bank Appraisal Fee __x___ Bank Loan Origination Fee __x___ Association Fee __x___ Legal Fees 01 30 01 Overhead Costs (Office Costs, Copying, Photos, etc) General expenses, all purchases and services not subject to Mass. State Sales Tax. 01 56 00 Temporary Services x Temporary toilet (Port a Potty) x Pig Tail Lights x Dedicated 20 AMP Circuit at each level x Temp heat - air furnace with thermostat (as required by season) x Crane __x__ Temporary electric service 01 74 19 Trash Removal Construction waste management & disposal, including dumpster, hauling, dump fees etc. 01 74 23 Final Cleaning – New Work Only __x__ Wash New Windows __x__ Clean & Wipe interior & exterior of cabinets __x__ Wipe Walls & Trim __x__ Clean & Wipe Counters & Shelves __x__ Vacuum Basement __x__ Broom Cleaning __x__ Vacuum Carpets __x__ Damp Mop Floors __x__ Wipe Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 02 02 00 00 SITE DEMOLITION - NA 3 DIVISION 03 03 00 00 CONCRETE NOTE: Maintain caution tape or fencing barriers installed while on site. 03 31 01 Cast in place Footing – Per Plans by Structural Engineer Walls– Per Plans by Structural Engineer Protect all concrete from extremes of temperature. NOTE: Maintain caution tape or fencing barriers installed while on site. NOTE: Bulkhead to be cast in field – NA for Flats West Piers – As required and per engineers plans Basement Slabs – Per Plans by Structural Engineer Provide 2” foam joint at perimeter and caulk after completion. Garage Slabs 4” Concrete slabs, 3500 lb. mix with welded wire mesh atop vapor barrier. ½” expansion joint at perimeter, and pitch 1” in 12’0” under garage door. Steel trowel finish. Includes 6” x 24” outside apron, pitched 1” to meet asphalt driveway, with broom finish and wire reinforcing. NOTE: Due to minimal pitch some minor puddles may occur. Other Slabs, Steps, Walks and Utility Pads – Per Plans 4” (or as noted) reinforced slabs with welded wire mesh continuous graded to drain. Broom finish with tooled 4’ grid. Patio slabs, porch slabs, walks, and driveways sloped ≥ 0.25 in. per ft. away from home to edge of surface, or 10 ft., whichever is less Slope all patio slabs, walks, and driveways away from the house at least 0.25 in. per ft. either: A: The length of the slab. Or B: 10 ft. If setbacks limit the space to less than 10 ft., install either: C: Swales. Or D: Drains designed to carry water away from the foundation. Window Well – At HRV ports per plan 03 81 13 Concrete Cutting Saw concrete and remove debris as required. Protect against water damage. DIVISION 04 04 00 00 MASONRY 04 22 01 Unit Masonry 4 Footings 8”x16” reinforced concrete footings, 3000 lb. Mix with 2x3 keyway and two each #3 reinforcing bars. CMU Block Shaft Wall Assembly – Per Structural Engineers Plans DIVISION 05 05 00 00 METALS 05 12 23 Structural Steel- Per Plans by Structural Engineer Metal joist hangers per plans or as required by Code. 05 51 01 Steel Stairs Per drawings and plans. 05 52 01 Steel Rails Per drawings and plans. Bike Racks Painted tubular steel – verify location and quantity per plan. 05 58 16 Metal Fabrication - Per Plans by Structural Engineer and Architect Metal supports for balcony per plans. DIVISION 06 06 00 00 WOOD & PLASTIC 06 04 01 Supervision of Carpentry Supervision and coordination of carpentry labor specifically assigned to WBI. 06 10 01 Rough Carpentry Labor Miscellaneous rough carpentry labor specifically assigned to WBI. 06 10 02 Metal Fasteners Misc. Fasteners, Specialty Metals and Other metal items required by code. 06 10 03 Rough Carpentry Sub Labor Subcontracted rough and finish labor to complete structure. Include all pneumatic nails to fit your equipment. Rough Labor -- All labor to bring project to a weather tight shell with exterior doors and 5 windows installed and shimmed including all exterior trim, blocking and housewrap Vicor or equal around windows and doors, installed, but excluding roofing. Cut and frame in all chimney openings, chases, hearth cut outs, scuttle holes and related or similar work. Work includes patching subfloors, ready for underlayment. All cutting and reframing to be ready for drywall, required by the intent of the plans, specifications or documents are to be included. NOTE: All framing is to meet or exceed 2015 Energy Star Version 3.1 requirements. See below for some general requirements. NOTE: Framing subcontractor is responsible for clearing snow from the decks & work surfaces of the building & from their materials. Wright Builders is responsible for keeping the site clear of snow for the purposes of construction. NOTE: Framers are to assist insulation installers with assuring that AIR BARRIERS are fully aligned. See section 07 20 00 and examples below for know areas that require attention: Walls: Walls behind showers and tubs Walls behind fireplaces Attic knee walls/Sloped Attics Skylight shaft walls Wall adjoining porch roof Staircase walls Double walls Garage rim/band joist adjoining conditioned space All other exterior walls Floors: Floor above garage Cantilevered floor Floor above unconditioned basement or vented crawlspace Ceilings: Dropped ceiling/soffit below unconditioned attic Sloped ceilings All other ceilings All sill plates adjacent to conditioned space sealed to foundation or sub-floor with caulk. Foam gasket also placed beneath sill plate if resting atop concrete or masonry and adjacent to conditioned space. Install a gasket to prevent air leakage and seal all exterior wall sill plates to the sub-floor or foundation to prevent air leakage All exterior corners shall be constructed to allow access for the installation of ≥ R-6 insulation that extends to the exterior wall sheathing. WBI default for Energy Star compliance is standard- density insulation with alternative framing techniques using three studs per corner. Insulated headers shall be minimum R-5 using continuous rigid insulation sheathing except where the framing plan indicates that full-depth solid headers is the only acceptable option because of structural requirements. Framing at windows shall be limited to a maximum of one pair of king studs and one pair jack studs per window opening to support the header and window sill. Additional jack studs shall be used only as required by code or as needed for structural support and cripple studs only as needed to maintain on-center spacing of studs. Install ladder blocking, full length 2x6 or 1x6 furring behind the first partition stud to allow for insulation to run behind interior/exterior wall intersections. 6 Balcony Labor – Install all materials required for layout, attachment and construction of balconies, related flashing, and modification of house siding, trim as needed. Covered Entrance Labor – Install all materials required for layout, attachment and construction of entrances, related flashing, and modification of house siding, trim as needed. Floor Framing – Per Plan Floor framing to be #1 and #2 KDS with built up timbers as required at 2 x pressure treated sill with foam sill sealer. Nailing per code, and joist hangers where not supported from below. Interior Wall Frame – Per Plan Interior partitions to be #1 and #2 KDS with nailing per code. Size Spacing Typical 2 x 4 16" OC Plumbing Wall 2 x 6 16” OC Fire Separation Ceilings and Walls – Per Plan KRA plans Exterior Wall Frame – Per Plan Exterior walls to be #1 and #2 KDS with 2 rows of approved caulk under plates and nailing per code P.T. plate when in contact with concrete. Size Spacing House Wall 2x6 16" OC Garage Wall 2x4 16" OC or 19.2” OC per plan Window and door openings fully flashed. Ceiling Framing – Per Plan Ceiling joist to be #1 and #2 KDS with nailing as per code and joist hanger where not supported from below. Size Spacing Per plan 16" O.C. Roof Framing – Per Plan Rafter to be #1 and 2 KDS with nailing as per code and rafter ties at all bearing locations. Ridge boards to be sized to fill complete rafter cut or as noted on plans. Straps as needed at ridge. Size Spacing Per plan 16" OC Collar Ties – If required 7 Ties to be #1 and #2 KDS with nailing per code. Install 1/3 down from ridge to ceiling or per plan. Size Spacing 2x6 every other rafter, or per plan Blocking Location Size Block Height to top of block Base Cabinet 2x N/A Wall Cabinet 2x4 58” Medicine Cabinet 2x4 RO Bathrooms 2x12 40” O.C. Drywall Prep 2x All corners, walls and ceiling Stringers 2x10 1/3 span Stairway 2x Fire blocking 2x Each open floor level Handrails 2x10 30” O.C. Ceiling molding 2x Ceiling Thermostats 2x6 60” O.C. Other Scuttle Hole & Access Panels – As required by code Provide framed openings for all designated and code required access panels. Locations and preparation for finishes and insulation. Miscellaneous Materials Miscellaneous materials not covered in other sections. 06 10 10 Equipment Rental for Carpentry Temporary equipment rental as required for the work. 06 10 53 General Labor General labor specifically assigned to WBI. Miscellaneous general labor, clean-up, hauling, etc. Owner/Tenant is expected to move and secure all contents and belongings and protect from dust and other construction circumstances. 06 16 01 Exterior Wall Sheathing Sheathing installed horizontal with nailing per code and per manufacturer. Type I – Zip R-Sheathing Insulated Wall Panel, 1 ½” R 6.6 taped at all seams, installed with 3” nails, .131 Minimum diameters or per structural plans Type II at Garages – ½” OSB Type III - 1/2" .040 pressure treated if covering concrete 8 Plywood Subfloor/Underlayment Sub floor glued and nailed to joist per code and according to schedule and good construction practice. Use Material Adhesive Supplied By Installed By NOTES Sub Floor including tub deck/stair ¾” T & G Advantech PL 400, Liquid Nails, Magnum 44 Wright Builders Framer Patching by Framer Floor Tile Underlayment ½” UL Plywood Exterior Wood Glue Wright Builders Finish Carpentry Patching sub floor by Framer Sound Control (Floor to Floor) Install ¼” resilient sound matt Per manufacture’s recommendation Flooring Contractor Flooring Contractor Acoustic cork or equal Stove/hearth tile Backer ½” Durrock or equal Thinset adhesive Tile Contractor Tile Contractor Roof Sheathing Sheathing installed horizontal with nailing per code. Type I - 5/8" Zip System, taped Type II at Flats - 5/8" fire retardant treated plywood, min 4’ on either side of fire separation walls. Type III at Garages - 5/8" CDX plywood with H clips 06 17 01 Pre-manufactured Roof Truss (Garage) – Per Plan Roof truss to be installed with diagonal bracing per plan and in conformance with code requirements and manufacture’s recommendation. All trusses will include manufacturer’s engineering information. All trusses will be carefully lifted into location using manufacturer’s recommendation. Truss clips to be installed at all interior walls. Spacing 16” OC or 24” OC with 1x3 furring 16” OC interior Pre-manufactured Raised Heel Roof Truss – Per Plan Roof truss to be installed with diagonal bracing per plan and in conformance with code requirements and manufacture’s recommendation. All trusses will include manufacturer’s engineering information. All trusses will be carefully lifted into location using manufacturer’s recommendation. Truss clips to be installed at all interior walls. Spacing 16” OC or 24” OC with 1x3 furring 16” OC interior 06 18 01 Manufactured Joist System – Per Plan Floor framing to be pre-manufactured open web top bearing joist system or pre-manufactured wood I-joists with 2x pressure treated sill with foam sill sealer per plan. Install per manufacturer’s directions. 06 20 13 Exterior Balcony Composite decking shall be installed using TrapEase deck screws and shall adhere to all manufacturers’ requirements for installation. All connectors to be Simpson Strong Tie, Z-max galvanized or equal. 9 Joists 2x8 Pressure treated Decking 5/4 x6 T&G composite Trex or equal Decking Fasteners stainless steel fasteners NOTE: SS nails for wood, coated screws for synthetic. Exterior Siding and Trim Finish Carpentry Sub Labor Siding Labor – All labor to install siding including drip caps, step flashing , light, silcock and venting blocks and caulking as required. Deck/Porch Labor – Install all materials required for rails and trims of decks, modification of house siding, trim as needed. NOTE: Exterior siding and trim subcontractor is responsible for clearing snow from the work surfaces of the building & from their materials. Wright Builders is responsible for keeping the site clear of snow for the purposes of construction. 06 20 21 Interior Finish Carpentry Labor Miscellaneous finish carpentry labor specifically assigned to WBI. 06 20 23 Interior Finish Carpentry Sub Labor All labor to bring project to complete finish or as necessary including baseboard, casing, sills, aprons, built-ins, window seats, stairs, rails, wall caps, mantels, cabinets, vanities, counters, vanity tops, interior doors, door hardware, stops, bath accessories, wood closet shelving and rods, and any interior wood and wainscot or ceilings. Install underlayment per Section 06 16 01. 06 41 00 Architectural Millwork Baseboard, window and door casing, chair rails, crown moldings and other interior trims. Includes wood paneling, wood stairs and railings and ornamental woodwork, etc. Interior Trim – See Options Jamb type Double rabbetted Baseboard size and type Speed base Casing size and type 3-1/2” Stafford Stool type 1x8 poplar Apron at Stool 3-1/2” Stafford Chair Rail Per Plan Exposed Shelving Shelves ¾” Poplar /birch plywood G1S with solid pine/poplar edge Adjustable tracks K.V. steel or fixed 10 See section 10 57 01 for closet systems. Wood Stair Treads and Rails NOTE: Treads to be installed by finish carpenter, finished by flooring contractor. Other stair parts installed by finish carpentry and finished by painter. Treads plywood for rubber Risers plywood for rubber Skirts 1x12 poplar for paint Newel post N/A Balusters See KRA Plans Rail Copper Beech # 5120 oak or equal Brackets #4100 Challis #3027 or equal Rosettes N/A Rail/Wall Caps Closed rails assumed. Cap 1x8 Poplar Molding ½” x 11/16” Poplar DIVISION 07 70 00 00 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 16 01 Damp proofing Spray applied bituminous coating on all below grade foundation surfaces down to and over footing at all areas, surrounding or beneath habitable spaces. Coating type Watchdog Application 2 coats Insulation None Warranty 10 years 07 20 00 Insulation Seal all gaps, and holes to unconditioned space with caulk or foam prior to insulation installation. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed 11 product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. NOTE: All insulation work is to meet or exceed 2014 Energy Star Version 3.0 performance standards as applicable. NOTE: Insulation installers are to assure that AIR BARRIERS are fully aligned. See examples below: Walls: Walls behind showers and tubs Walls behind fireplaces Attic knee walls/Sloped Attics Skylight shaft walls Wall adjoining porch roof Staircase walls Double walls Garage rim/band joist adjoining conditioned space All other exterior walls Floors: Floor above garage Cantilevered floor Floor above unconditioned basement or vented crawlspace Ceilings: Dropped ceiling/soffit below unconditioned attic Sloped ceilings All other ceilings 07 21 00 Basement Floor Insulation Concrete basement floors to receive rigid insulation under 15 mil vapor barrier. Under slab thickness and R Value 3” Formula-R, R-15 07 21 02 Basement Wall Insulation Basement walls to receive z-channel and rigid insulation. Assure complete insulation from floor to floor. See 90 00 00 Drywall. Type and R Value 3” R-15 07 21 26 Exterior Walls Exterior walls to receive 2” spray applied closed cell foam Demilic Heat-Loc Soy or Equal plus Class I cellulose fiber insulation with vapor barrier combined with Huber’s R-Sheathing. Extra measures to be taken to avoid pillowing. Tape all vapor barrier holes and penetrations. 2x6 Walls + R Value 3-1/2” R-13.3 + 2” Closed Cell Foam R-14.4 + Zip-R-sheathing R-6.6 for a total of 34.4 Flat Ceilings at Attic Spaces Flat ceiling to receive 1” spray applied closed cell foam Demilic Heat-Loc Soy or Equal plus blown cellulose. "Proper-Vent" all vent spaces for continuous air flow. Type and R value 1” Closed Cell Foam R-17.2 + 16” Loose Cellulose R-56 for a total of R-63.2 12 Note: Foam Vaulted area for Ross Unit to R-60 as possible Scuttle Holes, Attic Doors & Whole House Fans Insulate all scuttle holes and access panels with rigid insulation and weather strip openings. Type and R Value 4" R-Max R30 using three 2" pieces laminated together Pipe Chase, Vent Ducts Wrap all ducts that are vented to the exterior with insulation, duct wrap and tape joints. Floors – Per Architectural Plans - See Section 92 00 00 Floors to receive fiberglass insulation with vapor barrier to the warm side and insulation supports 2’ O.C . Type and R Value 6” R-19 Runner and Blockers and Band Joist Flash foam with 3” Heatloc Soy closed cell foam or Equal. Also 3” flash foam where top of wall meets a framed roof. Sound Walls Sound ceilings, mechanical room walls and ceilings, and any joist bay locations with waste or water piping to receive fiberglass insulation. Amount 3 ½” R-11 STC Rating 35 Window and Door Sealing Seal/Insulate around all doors and windows/skylights in controlled space with non-expanding environmentally safe spray foam. Interior Wall top Plate Sealing – Energy Star Requirement Sheetrock sealed to top plate at all attic/wall interfaces using caulk, foam, or equivalent material. Before insulating the attic, seal all top plate to interior cladding connections, from the attic above, with latex foam or caulk to stop air leakage between conditioned and unconditioned space. 07 26 01 Vapor Barriers All poly vapor barriers are 6 mil unless indicated otherwise. Window Wrap– See Benjamin Obdyke, Zip R-Sheathing and WBI standard details using Vicor or Equal 07 27 01 Wind block - NA Benjamin Obdyke HydroGap™ Drainable Housewrap or equal applied in continuous places as permitted by job conditions, with all joints taped with appropriately compatible tape. See attached installation information. 13 NOTE: It is important that the drainage plane be continuous and shed water to the exterior at all seams and laps. 07 31 00 ROOFING 07 31 01 Roof Material – Sloped Asphalt Shingles, Shakes or Metal Install fiberglass roofing shingles atop #15 felt. Regardless of pitch, underlay eaves of all slopes with ice and water barrier to a point 2' beyond the interior plane of the exterior walls. Underlay all slopes under 4/12 with ice and water barrier. Underlay all valleys with ice and water barrier. Flash all skylights, chimneys roof deck penetrations with self-sealing bituminous membrane before installing metal flashings. Note: Roofing subcontractor is responsible for clearing snow from the roof surfaces of the building & from their materials. Wright Builders is responsible for keeping the site clear of snow for the purposes of construction. Life years 30 Brand Tamko, Certainteed or equal Style Architectural (no shadow line) Color Rustic Slate Valley Closed Cut Pipe Flashings Included Step and kick-out flashing at all roof-wall intersections, extending ≥ 4” on wall surface above roof deck and integrated with drainage plane above. Roof Accessories Location Material Color Style/Size Ridge Nylon Charcoal 10” roll vent Soffit Hardi Soffit primed for paint Perforated Soffit at Rake Hardi Soffit primed for paint Non vented Metal Work -- Drip Edge, Flashing, Caps Install clean unblemished break-formed or pre-manufactured drip edge, flashing, valleys and wall flashing where required. Material Gauge Color Style/Size Drip Edge Aluminum 0.019 White L+R5”D Style Step Flashing Aluminum 0.019 Bronze 2-1/2”x2-1/2”x7” Wall Flashing Aluminum 0.032 Bronze 4”X5” custom 14 Valleys Closed Cut Plumbing Flanges Aluminum standard mill finish 2-4”, 1-3” minimum NOTE: Verify colors NOTE: All flashing to be installed under original siding. NOTE: All plumbing flanges to be located and installed during roofing. 07 46 00 SIDING AND TRIM 07 46 46 Fiber Cement Siding 1. Siding Type Hardi plank, cement board siding, pre-primed, with aluminum flashing 1.Exposure 16” to weather 2. Siding Type vertical Hardi panel and battens 2. Exposure battens @ 16” OC. 3. Siding Type Hardi plank weatherboard lap, smooth cladding siding (clapboard), pre-primed 3. Exposure 6” to weather Fasteners stainless steel nails, attached to studs/framing as possible. Exterior Trim NOTE: All field cuts to be primed by carpenter before installation. NOTE: Boral does not require priming. Fascia 1x8 w/ 1x2 Boral Eave Soffitt 16” perforated Hardi soffit (except porches) Rake Soffitt 1x6 Boral Other Soffitt MDO per plan Casing 5/4 x4 Boral Sill none Fasteners 8p decking style SS nails Corner Boards 5/4 x 6 Boral Frieze Boards 1x Boral per plans Water Table 5/4 x 12 Boral per plans Other Trim Boral per plan Exterior Entrance Roof Porch Ceiling Per Architectural Plan, Beaded pre Primed 15 Porch Post MDO G1S Rails Metal railings at balconies 07 71 23 Gutters and Downspouts Install seamless gutters and premium downspouts and discharged at grade. Splash blocks or outflow extension by Owner. Hanger should be spaced and sized for the appropriate condition. Style 5" K-Style Gauge .032 Downspouts 2x3 .027 Material Aluminum Color T.B.D. A: Install gutters and downspouts so that they terminate at least 5 ft. away from foundations. or B: Install gutters and downspouts that terminate to an underground catchment system at least 10 ft. away from foundations. or C: An alternative option to gutters is to deposit rainwater to a grade- level rock bed with a waterproof liner and a drain pipe where water terminates on a sloping finish grade at least 5 ft. from foundation. or D: If a rainwater harvesting system is installed, properly design the drain to adequately manage the overflow, and meet the discharge-distance requirements above. NOTE: Gutters require maintenance and ongoing repair due to weather condition. Scope of work to be verified with WBI Foreman. 07 92 01 Caulks/Sealants/Adhesives Interior: Latex or paintable silicone Exterior: Latex or paintable silicone Liquid Nails or equal or as required by floor sheathing specifications, when gluing subfloor to joists Elmers or equal when gluing underlayment to subfloor Magnum 44 glue or approved equal for Advantech sheathing DIVISION 08 08 00 00 DOORS Doors NOTE: All fenestration products must meet or exceed Energy Star requirements. NOTE: U-value and the Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) for doors apply to the whole door, not just the glazing portion. 16 NOTE: All window and doors to be flashed with Vicor or equal before trim & siding installation. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. Exterior Doors Exterior doors to be insulated and have standard builder’s hardware. Qty Location Door # Brand Model # Boring Ja mb Remarks 1 Front Door See Plan Kawneer 500 Series Per schedule 2 Verif y with Plan 6 Balcony See Plan Pella 250 Series Per schedule 2 Verif y with Plan Slider 2 Rear Door See Plan Kawneer 500 Series Per schedule 2 Verif y with Plan Kawneer Exterior Door Product: Model Number - 500 Entrance, Wide Stile Entrance Door and Frame Units (Air Infiltration, 0.50 CFM @ 6.24 psf) with 451T Front Glazed Storefront Description: Doors: Kawneer 500 wide stile Top & Side Rails: 5” Bottom Rail: 10” Thickness: 1 3/4” Framing: Kawneer 451T front glazed Storefront Profile: 2” x 4 1/2” Sill : 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” high side light base Finish: Standard Kynar two coat Glazing: 1” Clear Tempered Low E # 3 with in between the glass grids. Door Closers: LCN 4040XP Parallel Arm Mounted Lockset: Yale 8000 Series Mortised Lockset 17 Cylinder: Cylinder Housing for Core by others Kawneer 451T front glazed Storefront 08 16 01 Composite Interior Doors Closet Doors Material solid structure core hardboard Brand JeldWen Pro-core Style 4 panel Atherton smooth Jamb Double rabbetted P.G. Passage Doors Material solid structure core hardboard Brand JeldWen Pro-core Style 4 panel Atherton smooth Jamb Double rabbetted P.G. 08 32 01Sliding Doors & Patio Doors Brand Pella Series 250 Series Style 6068 Contemporary Slider/French Slider/Terrace door Glazing insulated glass Low E w/argon gas Muntins/Screens full light/screens Exterior Casing Standard color aluminum clad Exterior Finish Color Factory clad, standard color - to be confirmed Cladding color Interior Prefinish none Interior Jamb Extensions Primed Track Color Std Exterior Casing Standard color aluminum clad - to be confirmed Hardware Finish Stone 18 Special Sill Details None Manufacturer’s warranty see Manufacturer’s literature 83 36 01 Garage Door/Opener NOTE: Low voltage wiring by electrical contractor, to power wiring location provided under electrical contract. Install garage door, openers, and appropriate stops. Manufacturer General Door Corporation Door Type Lancaster,steel base with pvc overlay, 6 panel style Material steel Size 16’x7’ Insulation 1 3/8” R5.9 Windows Optional Prefinish Color White Lock N/A Manufacturer’s Warranty 1 year limited warranty and lifetime rust through warranty spring Opener Type Chamberlain Model ¾ HP #3275 chain drive or ¾ HP belt drive 3585 (for wood doors) Model 8500 Jackshaft residential side mount, 2 remotes each, wall button; the wall button 888lm has a timer to close option for 1,5, or 10 minutes., solid shaft for door. 829LM garage door monitor; unit placed in living space programmed to owners garage door opener. Will have light to indicate if door is opened or closed; you can close door from living space, will sound beep to warn closing. My Q technology (use with smart phone); 828LM, you can check on your phone if your door is open if someone opened it, etc. is included Safety Feature The Protector System Wireless keyless entry Optional # of hand held transmitters 2 with Rolling Code Technology Manufacturer’s Warranty Lifetime motor and belt warranty 1 year on all other parts 08 50 00 WINDOWS 19 08 53 01 Vinyl Windows, New Construction or Replacement NOTE: All fenestration products must meet or exceed Energy Star requirements. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. Brand Pella Series 250 & 350 Series Vinyl Triple Glazed Style Double hung, awning or casement Glazing Insulated glass Low E w/argon gas Muntins per elevations Screens Full screens, T.B.A. finish Exterior Finish Color standard color - white vinyl Interior Prefinish white - vinyl Interior Jamb Extensions Field Applied Jamb 6-11/16” Track Color Std Exterior Casing Miratec or Hardi wrap in field Hardware Finish white Special Sill Details None Manufacturer’s warranty see Manufacturer’s literature 87 00 00 DOOR HARDWARE 87 71 01 Entry Lock Set All hardware to be standard key in knob, bored-in type, keyed alike. Brand Yale Series and Model 8000 Series Style TBD Door Handing verify in field Finish Std. Kynar Two Coat Backset Verify 20 Dead Bolt NA Door Closer LCN 4040XP Parallel Arm Passage Set All hardware to be standard bored-in type. Brand Schlage Series Residential - F10N Style Accent Lever Door Handing verify in field Finish #619 Nickel Backset 2-3/8” Bed/Bath Set All hardware to be standard bored-in type. Brand Schlage Series Residential-F40N/ privacy lock set Style Flair Lever Door Handing verify in field Finish #619 Nickel Backset 2-3/8” Other Hardware Pocket Doors Stanley PD250-61 pull Pocket Doors Stanley PD250-62 latch Pocket Door Sliding Door Frame Ledco2000 series note: for #150 lbs or Johnson or Equal Bypass Door Track Ives or Johnson or Equal Door stops Ives basemount #064 brass or hinge type #070 brass or equal Stairway Hand Rail Brackets Challis #3027(See stairway) DIVISION 09 90 00 00 FINISHES 21 09 21 10 Drywall Completely review Section 06 16 01 – Subfloor/Underlayment/Backer for additional responsibilities for this work. Walls All new interior walls and surfaces to receive ½” standard drywall taped with three coats and finished smooth ready for paint by others. This work is not typically painted unless specifically indicated here and in the painting section. Installer will be responsible for repairs around outlets, switches and light boxes as needed. Basement walls to receive moisture resistant drywall finish coated at stair & fire taped one coat only at perimeter. Fire Separation Walls – Per Plan Ceilings Basement to first floor UNIT/FIRE SEPERATION TO BE UL DESIGN U373 w/ A 2 HOUR FIRE RATING AND AN STC RATING OF 60 All new ceilings to receive (2) layers 5/8” type C on 7/8” furring channels 16 OC drywall taped with three coats and finished smooth ready for paint by others. Baths Interior of all bathrooms to receive drywall walls, and ceilings taped with three coats and finished smooth ready for paint, except as noted below. Fill around fiberglass tub/shower units with Durabond and flat tape smooth and ready for paint. Ceilings standard drywall Walls MR Drywall Note: Cement board or equivalent moisture-resistant backing material installed on all walls behind tub and shower enclosures composed of tile or panel assemblies with caulked joints. Paper-faced backer board shall not be used. Fire Barriers (per plans & details) Tiled walls, ceiling and tub decks Install ½” GP Dens-Shield or Durrock over all surfaces to receive tile holding the material back ½” from the edge of the tile. 09 21 20 Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies – per plans & details 93 30 00 Tile NOTE: all layouts and patterns to be provided by tile vendor/installer, supervised and verified in the field by Foreman. Wall backer underlayment provided and installed by drywaller except as noted. 22 Note: Cement board or equivalent moisture-resistant backing material installed on all walls behind tub and shower enclosures composed of tile or panel assemblies with caulked joints. Paper-faced backer board shall not be used. 09 30 02 Floor Tile Material allowance: $2.50/sq. ft. Layout drawings, bullnose/corners, etc. Note 1: Grout sealer is to be included. Note 2: Baseboard is to be installed prior to floor tile Location Lobby Entry Brand Earthen Treasures or similar Color Size Type Grout type Latex Grout color Sealer None Location Kitchen – qty. 3 North & 3 South – See Options Brand Earthen Treasures or similar Color Size Type Grout type Latex Grout color Sealer None 09 30 03 Bath Floors – See Options Material allowance: $2.50/sq. ft. Layout drawings, bullnose/corners, etc. Note 1: Grout sealer is to be included. Note 2: Baseboard is to be installed prior to floor tile Location Master Bath – qty. 3 North & 3 South Brand Earthen Treasures or similar Color Size Type Grout type Latex Grout color Bullnose None Pattern One color Location Hall Bath – qty. 3 North & 3 South Brand Earthen Treasures or similar Color Size Type Grout type Latex Grout color Bullnose None Pattern One color 23 09 30 09 Hearth & Backer Tile - Option Install tile on small backsplash, radius or method to raise above counter top. Material allowance: $4.00/sq. ft. Layout drawings, bullnose/corners, etc NOTE: Grout sealer is to be included. Locations Brand Color Size Type Grout type Latex Grout color Bullnose TBD Pattern One color 09 64 01 Wood Flooring –Field Finish Install flooring and landings with minimum ¼” clearance at edges and prepared for finish baseboard installation atop floor. Sand and finish with three coats clear finish. Sand and finish treads with 3 coats clear finish. NOTE: in multiple coat applications, under coat layers are gloss which is mechanically scuffed for better adhesion. Location: Unit Entry, Hall, Dining & Living Room – qty. 6 Type Standard strip oak Size 1x3 Finish Bona Tech Mega System Sheen Satin NOTE: Finish flooring is typically laid long direction in the room and across the joist direction but should be verified. 09 68 01 Carpet NOTE: Install ¼” resilient sound matt Insulayment or equal Carpet and pad materials allowance at $22 per yard plus prep, adhesive and labor as indicated on drawings or in the following rooms: See Section 6172 for underlayment requirements. Location: Lobby – 3 Floors Brand TBD Color TBD Weight TBD Pad Rebond 6 lb. Install type TBD Location: Unit study, all bedrooms & closets – qty. 3 North & qty. 3 South 24 Brand TBD Color TBD Weight TBD Pad Rebond 6 lb. Install type TBD 09 68 01 Entrance Mats – Walk off mats included 09 90 00 Paints & Coatings NOTE 1: Paint new and disturbed surfaces corner to corner unless otherwise noted. NOTE 2: For all painter’s work, regardless or source, sheen levels noted in our specs prevail regardless of who is providing the painter’s work. No performance or appearance guarantee is available for other sheens or finishes. 09 91 13 Exterior Painter’s Work Exterior Body NOTE: all field cuts to be primed by carpenter prior to installation Provide prime and latex finish coats on all exterior trim, fascia, etc. Stain and seal knots as required and caulk joints to siding manufacturer/trade standard Prime factory Finish 2 coats acrylic Sheen Satin NOTE: apply 2nd coat after installation. Ceiling 2 coats clear sealer as applicable Colors: see matrix below Upper Body – Nantucket Gray Lower Body – Dorset Gold Gable Accents – Audubon Russet Door – Clear Anodized Aluminum Trim- Timid White 09 91 23 Interior Painter Work Interior Doors Follow manufacturer’s recommendations, utilizing VOC free Benjamin Moore Eco Spec or equal standard range of colors for paint or Zip Guard or equal for water based stain. Fully finish all edges. Advise contractor if clearances insufficient prior to application of finish. 25 Prime 1 acrylic Finish 2 coats acrylic Sheen Satin Color Pella White Interior of Windows – N/A Vinyl Windows Interior Walls & Ceilings Interior walls and ceilings receive prime and finish coats, utilizing VOC free Benjamin Moore Eco Spec or equal, in manufacturer’s standard color range. Prime One coat acrylic Finish 1 coats acrylic Sheen Flat (no option) Color Benjamin Moore Linen White or equivalent (NO OPTION) Casings, Baseboard, Shelving, Risers, Skirt Boards Casings, baseboards and miscellaneous trim including windows to receive prime and finish coats utilizing VOC free Benjamin Moore Eco Spec or equal in manufacturer’s standard range of colors for paint. Prime Factory (case & base) Finish 2 coats acrylic Sheen Satin Color 1 color only (Pella White) Handrails, Caps, and Closet Poles Handrails, wall caps, etc., for natural finish use Zip Guard or equal for water based stain. Stain None Finish 2 coats poly Sheen Satin DIVISION 10 10 00 00 SPECIALTIES 10 28 16 Toilet & Bath Accessories Item Bath Master Bath 26 Towel Bars (2) Paper Holder (1) Mirror Size: Size: Flange Mounted Shower Rod 10 35 13 Parlor Stove - Option Furnish and install stove with all accessories. Furnish and install stainless steel metal chimney including all fittings and fasteners to accommodate structure and meet all building codes. NOTE: Vendor to size the unit in accordance with the heat loss requirement of the space to be heated, to assume proper and comfortable performance. NOTE: WBI Foreman to verify and coordinate all clearances, details and code requirements before installation. NOTE: Vendor to size the unit in accordance with the heat loss requirement of the space to be heated, to assume proper and comfortable performance. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. Manufacturer Lopi Unit Model Northfield, GREEN SMART 2 Wall Kit Direct Vent Fuel Source Gas BTU range 22,000 input Maximum BTU Input per Hour22,000 (NG) Minimum BTU Input per Hour 6,300 (NG) Heating Capacity* Up to 850 sq. ft Canadian P.4.1Efficiency** Up to 71.1% NG Weight 130 Lbs (59 Kg) Thermostat Unit or wall Chimney Type direct vent Tile Surround and Hearth by other see tile section 10 55 23 Mailboxes Exterior front loading mailboxes. 10 57 01 Wardrobe and Closet Systems Lee Rowan or equal standard system: 27 Bedroom Closets 1 12” shelf with hanger bar Linen Closets Linen shelves 12 or 16” per plan Hanging Closets Freeslide 12 or 16” per plan Pantry Shelves Tight mesh shelves 9,12,16 or 20” per plan Utility Shelves Tight mesh shelves 9,12,16 or 20” per plan DIVISION 11 11 00 00 EQUIPMENT & APPLIANCES 11 30 13 Appliances - Included NOTE: Energy Star required. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. __x_ Freestanding Refrigerator (ice maker) x 30” Stove gas Frigidaire FGHS2342LF or equal - 33”W Frigidaire FFGF3053LS or equal x Microhood (ducted) verify CFM’s _x__ Dishwasher Frigidaire FGMV174KF or equal Frigidaire FGBD2431KF or equal x Disposer by plumber x Electric washer/dryer Not Included Insinkerator 3/4HP DIVISION 12 12 00 00 FURNISHINGS 12 00 00 Cabinets Kitchen Cabinets - Quantity 3 North & 3 South– See Options Plan to be prepared showing details, crown molding, soffit configuration, clearance requirements at trim, and to be coordinated with framing. NOTE: Wood cabinetry materials are subject to seasonal movement and change. All products will expand and contract and are subject to trade tolerances. NOTE: Cabinet hardware can cost from $3.00 to more than $25.00 per piece. We include an allowance of $5.00 per piece until a final selection is made, at which time pricing will be adjusted through a change order. Manufacturer Medallion, Silverline Door Style Avalon, Slab Panel Wood Species Maple, Hickory or Oak Finish Natural or standard stains 28 Hardware Type TBD, under allowance Hinge Type Manufacturer’s standard Other Base standard features include: All plywood construction, full extension, soft-close drawers, soft close doors, veneer center panel. Options: Other door styles and non-standard finishes are available as an upgrade. Other cabinet types are available as an upgrade, EG: Executive with All Plywood construction or The Platinum series (Inset doors) by Medallion, comes standard with All Plywood construction. Etc. Bath Cabinets – See Options Plan to be prepared showing details, crown molding, soffit configuration, clearance requirements at trim, and to be coordinated with framing. NOTE: Wood cabinetry materials are subject to seasonal movement and change. All products will expand and contract and are subject to trade tolerances. NOTE: Cabinet hardware can cost from $3.00 to more than $25.00 per piece. We include an allowance of $5.00 per piece until a final selection is made, at which time pricing will be adjusted through a change order. NOTE: Must have manufacturer certification that they do not contain tropical hardwoods Master Bath Cabinets - Quantity 3 North & 3 South – See Options Manufacturer Medallion, Silverline Door Style Avalon, Slab Panel Wood Species Maple, Hickory or Oak Finish Natural or standard stains Hardware Type TBD, under allowance Hinge Type Manufacturer’s standard Other Base standard features include: All plywood construction, full extension, soft-close drawers, soft close doors, veneer center panel. Options: Other door styles and non-standard finishes are available as an upgrade. Other cabinet types are available as an upgrade, EG: Executive with All Plywood construction or The Platinum series (Inset doors) by Medallion, comes standard with All Plywood construction. Etc. Hall Bath Cabinets - Quantity 3 North & 3 South – See Options Manufacturer Medallion, Silverline Door Style Avalon, Slab Panel Wood Species Maple, Hickory or Oak 29 Finish Natural or standard stains Hardware Type TBD, under allowance Hinge Type Manufacturer’s standard Other Base standard features include: All plywood construction, full extension, soft-close drawers, soft close doors, veneer center panel. Options: Other door styles and non-standard finishes are available as an upgrade. Other cabinet types are available as an upgrade, EG: Executive with All Plywood construction or The Platinum series (Inset doors) by Medallion, comes standard with All Plywood construction. Etc. 12 36 00 Counters Kitchen Counters – See Options All counters to be set in place with silicone by finish carpentry, or screwed down neatly, caulk and tool backsplash and side splash as needed. Exposed silicone will be visible. Material Eased edged granite Type: Back Splash 2” Loose Type: Side Splash per plan Color Standard colors NOTE: Field seaming may be required to accommodate shipping and handling requirements. Bath Counters – See Options All counters to be set in place with silicone or screwed down neatly caulk and tool backsplash and sidesplash as needed. Master Bath Counters Material Eased edge granite Type: Back Splash 4” Loose Type: Side Splash 4” Loose Color Standard selection Bowl white or biscuit under mount Kazza MVP-10-B Hall Bath Counters – NA - Pedestal Sink Option Material Eased edge granite Type: Back Splash 4” Loose Type: Side Splash 4” Loose 30 Color Standard selection Bowl white or biscuit under mount DIVISION 14 14 00 00 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14 21 01 Elevator – Conventional system Schindler 330A Holeless Hydraulic Passenger Elevator DIVISION 21 21 00 00 FIRE SUPPERSSION SYTEMS 21 02 01 Fire Suppression System - See Fire Protection System Spec Attached DIVISION 22 22 00 00 PLUMBING - See Plumbing System Spec Attached NOTE: We work to provide our customers with the clearest information available. However, Massachusetts has a proprietary testing and approval process for plumbing products, and although many products are approved, not all are. Many well known brands and manufacturers simply do not go through the processes required. It is possible that a particular product that you may select may not have been approved, and if it is rejected by the local inspector, the customer will have to select an alternative product and pay any difference in cost between the items, as well as any shipping or restocking charges. Of special concern may be specialty products or unique items. Vendors have some additional information, and there are websites that you can check but the information may not be up to date. We regret this inconvenience. NOTE 1: All mechanical and electrical contractors are expected to meet all local and state fire stop requirements, associated with the cuts required for this work, including providing and installing fire caulking, sheet metal closures and other approved procedures. NOTE 2: Please review Section 01 56 00 for temporary services which are included in the scope of this trade. Before rough inspections, the mechanical/electrical rough is required to be completed including but not limited to all wiring, piping and duct work from below slab through the siding or roofing with all equipment in place and completely tied in and tested. Deviations will not be accepted. Plumbing flanges will be installed by the roofer while roofing. Plumbers will use these locations to vent plumbing/radon. Any other roof caps must be provided in advance of roofing. If extra roofing changes are incurred for return trips, this will be the responsibility of the mechanical contractor. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed 31 product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. Kitchen Sink, Faucet, Dishwasher, Disposer, Icemaker – qty. 6 Install sink with faucet and spray, dishwasher connections. Install disposer with necessary piping. Install water piping for icemaker. Sink: Manufacturer Houzer MD-3109-1 undermount double bowl Faucet Delta 4380-DST. Disposer: Manufacturer Insinkerator 333, 1/3 HP Exhaust Ducting: Mechanical Contractor to furnish and install appropriate exhaust ducting including wall cap to accommodate exhaust hood. Laundry – Washer Valve – qty. 6 Install washer valve. Reinforced stainless steel washer hoses (supplied by owner). Washer Valve Symmons 600 recessed NOTE: Specify access locations for shutoffs where washer/dryer is in a confined space. Bath Rooms Note: See section 07 20 00 for insulation requirements needed prior to shower and tub installations. Note: Plumber is responsible for setting all shower bases in a bed of mortar (under entire pan), and tubs in a bed of mortar if recommended by manufacturer. Master Bath – qty. 6 Toilet: Manufacturer Gerber Model Avalanche Bowl Type Elongated Seat Bemis Wood Composition Color White Lav: Manufacturer Granite by counter sub with White or biscuit under mount Kazza MVP-10-B Size Color White Faucet Delta Lahara 4” center 2538 Shower: Manufacturer Aker Model S-48 1 piece shower 32 Size 48”W x 36”D x 75” H Color White gelcoat Valve Delta Lahara R10000 T14438 trim Hall Bath – qty. 6 Toilet: Manufacturer Gerber Model Avalanche Bowl Type Elongated Seat Bemis Wood Composition Color White Lav: Manufacturer Gerber Size Petite Larive Color White Faucet Delta Lahara 4” center 2538 Option: Manufacturer Granite by counter sub with White or biscuit under mount Kazza MVP-10-B Size Color White Faucet Delta Lahara 4” center 2538 Tub/Shower: Manufacturer Aker Option Aker Model GB60 1 piece TS4-3260 4 pieces Size 60”W x 33”D x 72” H 60”w x 32”D x 76”H Color White gelcoat white Gelcoat Valve Delta Lahara R10000 T14438 trim DIVISION 23 23 00 00 HVAC - See HVAC Systems Spec Attached Temporary Heating It is the intent of each remodeling project to use the primary heating system as the temporary heat source. On new work, HVAC contractor to provide temporary heating unit installed with all 33 gas permits and inspections. Contractor to provide extra filters and provisions as needed. Fuel cost is by owner. Exhaust Ducting: Mechanical Contractor to furnish and install appropriate exhaust ducting including wall cap to accommodate exhaust hood or down draft stove by WBI Each unit to have Rinnai Direct Vent Space Heater fueled by Natural Gas with an Option for a Parlor Stove –see 10320: Rinnai Model Number: EX22C NG o Electrical Rating 120 Volts-52 Watts o Circulation Fan Capacity High 162.7 CFM Low 111.3 CFM o Minimum/Maximum Gas Rate 8,200-21,500 BTU o AFUE 81% NG 82% NG o Temperature Settings Min-Max combustion 60-80 Degrees F in 2 Degree increments o Humidifier Tray Yes o Flue Included Yes - Type-A - FOT-151 for 3 1/2 to 9 1/2 inch thick wall o Weight 57 lbs. o Height 22 7/8 inches o Width 29 7/8 inches o Depth 10 1/8 inches o Side Clearances 2 inches (50mm) o Top Clearance 12 inches (300mm) o Floor Clearance 0 inch (0mm) o Gas Connection 1/2 inch FNPT o Noise Level 33-42 dB DIVISION 26 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL - See Attached, See 1302 for Underground Utility Allowance Basic Electrical & Wiring Electric NOTE 1: Regardless of plans and specifications, all code required items or corrections must be included. Electric NOTE 2: All mechanical and electrical contractors are required to meet all local and state fire stop requirements, associated with the cuts required for this work, including providing and installing fire caulking, sheet metal closures and other approved procedures. Before rough inspections, the mechanical/electrical rough is required to be completed including but not limited to all wiring, piping and duct work from below slab through the siding or roofing with all equipment in place and completely tied in and tested. Deviations will not be accepted. Electric NOTE 3: Please review Section 01 56 00 for temporary services which are included in the scope of this trade. Electric NOTE 4: WBI to pay for electricity for construction work. 34 Electric NOTE 5: In order to make any building “Solar Ready” install 2 conduits, for each unit, minimum ¾ EMT from electric panel to roof array location. Notice to vendors and subcontractors: Vendors and subcontractor shall provide pricing breakdown (material and labor), required company certifications and/or registrations & detailed product information at time of quotation in such a way as to comply with federal standards for tax credits and utility documentation requirements for rebates. 26 31 01 Photovoltaic Collector System – Option see Note 5 above. 26 31 01 Decorative Lighting Allowance – Interior Lighting Fixtures are Under Allowance and Door Bell System 26 31 01 Common Lighting to be included per plan and specifications DIVISION 27 27 00 00 COMMUNICATIONS – See attached specification DIVISION 31 31 00 00 EARTHWORK Site Preparation NOTE: Separate cost into “Site Development” for the overall site and “Building” for the specific requirements of the residential building footprint and its corresponding garages (garages Flats East ONLY). NOTE: Certain site items are to be price separately. See site plan for designated areas & pricing documents for specifics. 31 11 01 Clearing and Grubbing– If required, per plan Cut down, remove and dispose of designated trees with any anticipated salvage/lumber/pulp revenues incorporated into net quoted price. Quoted price reflects any revenue from sale of timber. Stumps to be left in place at grade unless specifically indicated for removal under Excavation and such removal is required to complete the excavation work. See 2102. Stump grinding is not included unless stated otherwise. 31 12 01 Selective Clearing 31 21 13 Radon Preparation Install 4” of loose ¾” aggregate under entire basement floor. Install 6 mil poly over ¾” aggregate as a vapor barrier. Piping through roof, see section 1200. Attached equipment, fan and installation are at additional cost to Owner if required. NOTE: These procedures do not guarantee the elimination of radon. 31 23 01 Excavation and Back Fill 35 NOTE: Excavation contractor is responsible for all items and scope of work in these sections. LEED SS 1.2: all areas not to be disturbed are to be delineated by construction fencing. LEED EQ 9.2: Radon protection must include: 1. Gas permeable layer via 6 mil poly 2. Seal/caulk all slab perpetrations 3. Vent pipe to roof 4. Electric outlet near pipe in the event of a inline fan being required See Radon Preparation below NOTE: All proposals to conform to site plan documents, relevant Village Hill specs and requirements, and instruction of Landscape Architect’s engineers. NOTE: Excavation contractor is responsible for all items and scope of work in these sections. Excavate foundation area as required by drawings, storing loam and sub-grade material separately. Prepare site for foundation, removing stumps in excavated areas. Ledge, boulder, hardpan removal is at extra cost. Back-fill with site materials, except where required for drainage and grade surface for positive run-off away from building and remove excess material. NOTE: Rewash is NOT an acceptable backfill material. Protect waterproofing during back fill. Concealed underground piping/drainage or other articles discovered during excavation to be handled at extra cost unless specifically included in prior estimate. Fill and compact under slabs to 95% in maximum one-foot lifts. Correct all back fill, if required, after settling. Walls to be 8” of ½” crushed stone. All excavation will be isolated with caution tape or fencing barriers installed and maintained by excavation contractor while on site. Open trenching will be covered or fenced. Remove stumps. Rough grade to be relatively smooth and hole free, contoured for proper drainage. Finish Grading Per code, slope grade from the structure ½” per foot for 10’ minimum. Adjust final grades for drainage and proper contour, according to site plan, if available or to reasonable trade standard for proper drainage and erosion control. Screen and reuse existing loam and topsoil materials, and augment as needed for sufficient loam material to provide a minimum of 4” coverage on all disturbed areas as noted on site plan. Note: If setbacks limit the space to less than 10 ft., install either: Swales or drains designed to carry water away from the foundation. Tamp backfill. Backfill tamping is not required if proper drainage can be achieved using non- settling compact soils. Final loam thickness should be relatively consistent, with material substantially free of debris, and left ready for machine raking and seeding. NOTE: spread thickness will subsequently compact when raked and prepared for landscaping. 36 Walk and Wall Prep Leave ample site materials for final back filling and coordinate with stone contractor. Sewer Install new schedule 40 PVC plastic sewer line from 10’ outside building and tie in to municipal sewer system. Use appropriate Fernco # hub connector for the application. See Lindgren and Sharples Plan Water Service NOTE: Exterior shut-offs by site contractor Provide water services from street connection to basement utility area per Lindgren and Sharples Plans, one 2” for domestic water and one 6”’ for fire protection with holes and cuts sealed by piping installer using hydraulic cement or other approved method. Interior shut-offs by plumber. Water tie-in and meter fee per Section 1200. NOTE: Land seller will provide 6” water service for each building per road construction approved plans. Excavator to provide all pipe reductions exterior distribution to the building. Utility Trench Provide 30” deep utility trench for electric, cable, and telephone and prepare bottom of trench with 8” of sand to cover burial cable. Back fill with site material removing any large stone and restore grade. Caution tape is to be placed in each trench 12-24” above lines. Surface flagging is to be installed for utilities. Electrician or piping installer is responsible for inspection pictures, if required, and provide to utility company and Wright Builders. Drainage Tie-ins Complete all work shown on site drawings. NOTE: Provide connection for basement sump pump(s) Flats East ONLY Foundation Drainage 4” Flexible plastic perimeter drains set in crushed stone covered in filter fabric and pitched to daylight, with clean-outs to grade every 100’ or as needed. Window wells, if used, are to be connected to drain (see standard details). Use plastic cap at daylight end. Cover with 3/8” stone and filter fabric before back filling. Downspout Interceptor Piping Install downspout interceptor piping and pipe to daylight 4” solid drops and 6” solid PVC piping. # of receptor locations Per Plan # of runs to daylight Per Plan Basement Drainage Interior 4” rigid perforated perimeter drainage below the level of the footings in 8” trench filled with crushed stone drained to a future airtight sump *, Sump pump by owner. Suggested 37 manufacturer Hancor Radon Dual Purpose Vented Sump System, 14 gal. or equal. Sump to be gravity drained to daylight or pumped, as indicated by plans or site conditions. *Sump pump covers mechanically attached with full gasket seal or equivalent. 31 25 01 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls DIVISION 32 33 00 00 EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving/Curb Install gravel atop existing subsurface once loam has been removed. Prepare for scalpings and/or finish paving. Gravel depth Per Berkshire Design Groups Plans Type of topping Per Berkshire Design Groups Plans Topping depth Per Berkshire Design Groups Plans Install base and finish material upon prepared base. Pitch to properly drain and finish all edges with loam. Base Per Berkshire Design Groups Plans Finish Coat Per Berkshire Design Groups Plans 32 14 13 Precast Concrete Unit Paving Precast concrete pavers. Ideal or equal. Random pattern 2” tumbled cast concrete pavers installed according to manufacturer’s recommendations. 32 31 01 Fences and Gates Supply and install wood fencing & mechanical unit screening per Berkshire Design Groups Plans. 32 80 01 Irrigation Design Build 32 92 01 Rake, Fertilize and Seed LEED SS 2.2 & 2.3: All compacted soil must be tilled to 6 inches. Machine rake and hand rake finish grade surfaces as needed and install grass seed appropriate for sun/shade conditions and such starter fertilizer as is needed. Apply hay and/or alternative mulch materials to retard erosion. Apply landscape cloth to more severe slopes. NOTE: All lawn areas shall receive a minimum of 6” screened loam Seed type See Berkshire Design Plan. Watering and Maintenance 38 WBI is responsible for maintaining a daily watering schedule to ensure proper growth. Seeded areas should be kept wet daily. Areas designated under permitting for erosion control typically require three mowing’s prior to inspection and approval. 32 93 01 Landscape Installation LEED SS2.2: all turf must be drought tolerant. No turf in densely shaded areas. No turf in areas with a slope of greater than 25% NOTE: All planting beds shall contain a minimum depth of 1 foot of loam. Supply and install plantings for Flats West ONLY per BDG plan schedule with fertilizer, soil enhancement as needed and deep watering. Install bark mulch in all designated area. Install bark mulch in all designated area. Plant materials to be watered regularly and thoroughly by WBI. End of Specifications Edit 2015.06.08 RC Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 2 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................................................. 2 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN ................................................................................................................................... 3 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................................... 3 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS ....................................................................................... 4 1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 4 1.7 PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................................. 5 1.8 SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................................................... 5 1.9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS ................................................................................................... 6 1.10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS ..................................................................................................................... 6 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................. 6 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING ........................................................................................................................... 7 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................... 7 1.14 WORK CONCEALED .............................................................................................................................. 7 1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .................................................................................... 7 1.16 GUARANTEE .......................................................................................................................................... 8 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS ............................................................................................................................ 8 1.18 COORDINATION OF TRADES .............................................................................................................. 8 1.19 CUTTING & PATCHING ......................................................................................................................... 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS ....................................................................................................................................... 10 2.1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS............................................................ 10 2.2 BASIC IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................................................................... 10 2.3 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS ................................................................................................................ 11 2.4 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS ................................................................................................ 14 2.5 VALVES ................................................................................................................................................. 16 2.6 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES ..................................................................................................... 17 2.7 ACCESS PANELS ................................................................................................................................. 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION ...................................................................................................................................... 18 3.1 CLEANING AND TESTING ................................................................................................................... 18 3.2 FIRE SAFING ......................................................................................................................................... 19 3.3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................... 20 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS ...................................................................................................................... 20 3.5 PUMPER CONNECTION ...................................................................................................................... 21 3.6 FINAL CLOSEOUT ................................................................................................................................ 21 3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING .................................................................................................................. 21 3.8 SERVICES ............................................................................................................................................. 22 Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 2 SECTION 21 00 00 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, appurtenances and services necessary for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete installation of all fire protection work for both buildings specified herein and/or indicated on the drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Provide fire protection service piping from the city water main to building entrance located on plans. 2. Provide and install double check backflow preventer per D.E.P. requirements. 3. Wet pipe and dry pipe alarm check valve stations complete with, but not necessarily limited to, line size valve, retarding chamber, electric and hydraulic alarms, full indicating, control, drain trim, excess pressure pump, air compressor and alarms. 4. Complete wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler system. System shall be installed in all spaces, unless otherwise noted, with Fire Department connection and system test and drain connections. 5. Provide complete Engineer Drawings and hydraulic calculations. 6. Furnish and install all required seismic hangers and supports required by code. 7. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall furnish all labor and materials required for his own hoisting, rigging, and scaffolding during the entire course of the project. B. Refer to appropriate Division 2 Sections for trenching and backfill required in conjunction with the protection piping; not work of this Section. C. Related work, to be performed under other sections of this Specification shall include the following: 1. Power wiring of flow switches, tamper switches, electric bell, etc. back to the panel shall be by the Electrical Subcontractor, coordinated and as directed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. 2. Cutting and patching. 3. Excavation and backfill. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 3 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform a water flow test, and with this information, shall calculate pipe sizes and sprinkler head configuration and orifice sizes in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Sprinkler head and pipe run locations, as shown on the drawings, are to be interpreted as diagrammatic only. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall produce a design based on actual available water pressure and submit it to the Architect for approval before beginning fabrication and installation. C. Design Criteria: Pipe sizing and sprinkler head layout shown on the drawings is provided to indicate a suggested pipe routing, zoning, and sprinkler head location, and shall not be used for estimating purposes. Location of piping and heads shall be coordinated with all other trades. Actual pipe sizing, types of heads, and layout shall be based on a hydraulically designed system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13, the local Fire Department, and the Insurance Underwriter. Location of sprinkler heads, in relation to the ceilings and walls and spacing of the heads, shall not exceed that permitted by NFPA 13 of the light hazard occupancy (ordinary hazard occupancies in Boiler Room, Storage Room, etc.) The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare working drawings and hydraulic calculations per NFPA 13 and shall obtain local Fire Department and Insurance Underwriter approval prior to start of work. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform water flow tests or obtain water flow data in writing from local authority. Coordinate work of this Section with all trades to avoid interference with ductwork, HVAC and plumbing, piping, electrical work, structure, etc. Final sprinkler head locations shall be subject to Architect's approval. The number of heads and pipe sizes may be increased or reduced due to hydraulic calculations or the installation of revised heads, provided the revised heads are UL listed and F.M. approved and meet NFPA 13, local Fire Department, and Insurance Underwriter's criteria. Additionally, all heads shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 recommendations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire protection piping systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/ NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler System", 2006. C. FM Compliance: Comply with Factory Mutual "Approval Guide". D. FM Labels: Provide sprinkler products bearing FM approval labels. E. UL Labels: Provide fire sprinkler piping products which have been approved and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories. F. Local Fire Department/Marshall Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler piping. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. G. Final installation of system is subject to approval by Owner's insurer's rating organization and local Fire Department. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 4 H. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in the product specification. I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. 1.6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Fire Protection Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Fire Protection Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Fire Protection Subcontractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 5 E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. In no case shall piping be installed laterally in thickness of slab or deck. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. All piping shall be installed concealed in finished spaces. G. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications and shall field verify all existing conditions before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. J. The fire protection sub-contractor shall furnish and install the water service to each building and shall flush and test all underground piping in the presence of the engineer and fire department. 1.7 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect one (1) electronic set of catalogue cuts or manufacturers' data sheets, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. Submit hydraulic calculations and scaled layout drawings for fire protection pipe and fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and connections. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate equipment. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 6 1. Shop drawings are subject to review and will require approval by Owner's insurer's rating organization and the local Fire Department before submitting to the Architect for approval. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check the shop drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes, which may be required. D. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Fire Protection Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in shop drawings shall remain with the individual Subcontractor. E. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which shop drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Fire Protection Subcontractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. F. Submit certificate upon completion of fire protection piping work which indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI and NFPA 13, and also that system is operational, complete, and has no defects. 1.9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regard- ing the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications and Plans are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall not scale the drawings. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 7 D. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made good without expense to the owner. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all materials stored on site. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the individual Subcontractor. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, except that in rooms without ceilings, horizontal runs only may be exposed. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls, ceiling, or floor spaces having an exterior exposure above grade. 1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Subcontractor shall videotape the instruction procedures and deliver two (2) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 8 large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Lubrication chart. 5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 6. Valve chart. 7. List of recommended spare parts. 8. Copies of all service contracts. 9. Performance curves for pumps, etc. 10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work, which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to Division 1 for Record Drawings. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions shall be indicated of concealed work, fire protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches. All changes must be clearly marked with a bubble drawn around the area of work effected by the change. Record drawings shall be in electronic format (AutoCAD format). The owner shall be provided with one disk and two hard copies. 1.18 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall give full co-operation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare coordination drawings on background provided by the HVAC Subcontractor. Co-ordination Drawings shall be minimum of ¼”=1”-0” and shall show all piping, heads, and equipment. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 9 B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches at a suitable scale, not less than 1/4" = 1'-0", clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. C. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes installed by other trades. D. This Subcontractor shall coordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before the piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract Architectural or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details. G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.19 CUTTING & PATCHING A. Cutting and patching of all openings and holes 4” diameter, or 4” square or smaller, required for the installation of fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and error, due to failure to coordinate work with other divisions, shall be the responsibility of the fire Protection Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4” diameter, or 4” square, shall be provided by the General contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new wall are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesman. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 10 E. All piping, cutting, and threading shall be done in a location approved by the Architect- Engineer. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials, which match pipe materials used in fire protection piping systems. Where more than one type of material or product is indicated, selection is Installer's option. 2.2 BASIC IDENTIFICATION A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical identification materials of one of the following: Allen Systems, Inc. Brady (W. H.) Co., Signmark Div. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. B. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-on, color-coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 1. For external diameters less than 6", provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360o around pipe at each location, fastened as follows: Snap-on application of pre-tensioned, semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Architect. 3. Locate pipe markers as follows: a. Near each valve and control device. b. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. c. Branch piping need not be marked. C. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass valve tags with printed enamel lettering, with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16" high letters and sequenced valve numbers Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 11 approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Provide tags on all valves and control devices. 1. Provide 1-1/8" sq. brass tags with black lettering. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 3. Submit valve schedule for piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 1. 4. For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass. 5. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect. 6. Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire system listing the valve number, fluid controlled, and zone reference location for all valves corresponding to the tag numbers. The chart shall be framed under glass and hung in the Mechanical Equip- ment Room where directed. Furnish two (2) extra copies of the chart to the Architect. In addition to the above, furnish a color coded floor plan of the entire building mounted at the main entrance. 7. Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate with engraved white lettering for each zone control flow switch and isolation valve at each sprinkler entrance and alarm valve. Nameplates shall be located adjacent to all exposed and concealed valves, approximately 12" below finished ceiling. In addition to the above a 6"x 9" red phenolic plate with 2" high letters shall be mounted on the door of the Mechanical Room to indicate a sprinkler alarm valve. 2.3 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Interior Piping – Wet Pipe System 1. All steel piping shall be suitable for 175-psig (1200-kPa)minimum working pressure. 2. Schedule 40, Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. 3. Schedule 10, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 4 (DN 125) and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10 (DN 150 to DN 250), plain end. 4. Black Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. 5. Uncoated, Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded. 6. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. 7. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860, NPS 2”and smaller. 8. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125, NPS 1” or larger. 9. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. 10. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9. 11. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: a. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 12 Victaulic Company. Grinnell Mechanical Products, TYCO Fire Products LP 12. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 13. Galvanized and Painted, Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. 14. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 15. Steel Pressure-Seal Fittings: UL 213, FM-approved, 175-psig (1200-kPa) pressure rating with steel housing, rubber O-rings, and pipe stop; for use with fitting manufacturers' pressure-seal tools, NPS 2” and smaller. 16. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: Victaulic Company. B. Interior Piping – Dry Pipe System 1. All steel piping shall be suitable for 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum working pressure. 2. Schedule 40, Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. 3. Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard- weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. 4. Galvanized, Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded. 5. Galvanized, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. 6. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860, NPS 2” and smaller. 7. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125, NPS 1” and larger. 8. Plain-End-Pipe Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require one- quarter turn or screwed retainer pin to secure pipe in fitting, NPS 1” to 2”. 9. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 10. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Victaulic Company. b. Grinnell, a TYCO International Company 11. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. 12 Galvanized, Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. 13. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. C. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leak proof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping. D. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 13 access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of building. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated. E. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults, Elevator Machine Room, and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical spaces. Any piping intended to be run through electrical spaces shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to installation. F. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. G. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. H. Grooved Pipe Joints: Comply with fitting manufacturer's instructions for making grooves in pipe ends. Remove burrs and ream pipe ends. Assemble joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I. Install ductile cast-iron water mains and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C600. J. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). K. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gages. Test each natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressures exceed valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time. L. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: 1. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs. 2. Plastic Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe; remove burrs. 3. Sleeve Seals: Provide sleeve seals for sleeves located in foundation walls below grade, or in exterior walls, caulked between sleeve and pipe. 4. Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings and roofs. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by Architect. Install sleeves so that piping will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves. 5. Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the following: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 14 Fill and pack annular space between sleeve and pipe with oakum, calk with lead, on both sides. M. Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas; prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. 1. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide chrome plated sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe escutcheons of one of the following: Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. Producers Specialty & Mfg. Co. Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co. 3. Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration through floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surface. 2.4 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS (Wet pipe System) A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, EPDM rubber gasket. 1. Class 125/150, Ductile-Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.5 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS (Dry pipe System) A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1. Class 125, Cast-Iron and Class 150, Bronze Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. 2. Class 250, Cast-Iron and Class 300, Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS A. Provide factory-fabricated piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 15 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1, for piping larger than 4". 2. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers: MSS Type 7, for piping 4" and less. 3. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8. B. Provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods. 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. 2. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15. 3. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16. 4. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17. C. Provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. 1. Top Beam C-Clamps: MSS Type 19. 2. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20. 3. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23. 4. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27. 5. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30. D. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: B-Line Systems Inc. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. Corner & Lada Co., Inc. Elcen Metal Products Co. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co. ITT Grinnell Corp. E. Install building attachments at required locations on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated on MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. F. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. G. Support sprinkler piping independently of other piping. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 16 H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed to ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded. J. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. 2.7 VALVES A. Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide valves of types and pressure ratings indicated; provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide end connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. 2. Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter-turn. B. Gate Valves 1. Threaded End, 2" and Smaller: FM, UL-listed, 175 psi, bronze body, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem. Crane: 459 Fairbanks: 0222 Hammond: IB681 Jenkins: 275U Stockham: B-133 Walworth: 904 2. Flanged End, 2-1/2" and larger: FM, UL listed, 175 psi, iron body bronze mounted, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem. Crane: 467 Fairbanks: 0412 Hammond: IR1154 Jenkins: 825-A Stockham: G-634 Walworth: 8713-F C. Check Valves 1. 2-1/2" and Larger: FM, 175 psi, iron body bronze mounted, renewable composition disc and bronze seat ring, bolted cover, flanged ends. Fairbanks: 0711 Jenkins: 729 Stockham: G-940 Walworth: 8883-LT Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 17 D. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. E. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. 2.8 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES A. Provide fire protection specialties, UL listed, and/or FM approved. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection specialties of the following:-Victaulic Company, Viking Corporation, or engineer approved equal. 1. Upright sprinkler heads shall be Victaulic Model V27 or V34 standard upright sprinkler head with chrome finish. Temperature rating 155°F or as required by the insurance underwriter. Mechanical room and heads shall have a 212°F rating. 2. Pendent sprinkler heads shall be recessed type,-Victaulic Model V27 or V34 with chrome finish. Temperature rating 155°F or as required by the insurance underwriter. Mechanical room and heads shall have a 212o F rating. 3. Concealed pendent sprinkler heads shall be Victaulic Model 38 with white cover plate. Temperature rating 155°F or as required by the insurance underwriter. 4. Head guards shall be equal to Victaulic Company for upright sprinklers in areas specified on drawings. Guards shall be listed, supplied, and approved for use with the sprinkler by the sprinkler manufacturer. 5. Spare sprinklers shall be provided in one 12-head cabinet equal to Victaulic SA Series-cabinet. Each cabinet shall have an assortment of heads as used on the job and also an approved type sprinkler head wrench; mount cabinet in alarm check valve area. Provide one cabinet at each alarm valve riser. 6. Tamper switches shall be equal to System Sensor or Potter Electrical Signal Company, Model OSYS-B, small case, and shall be installed on all control valves for the sprinkler system. 7. Flush mounted Fire Department pumper connection shall be wall mounted, stortz type, cast brass body, dual drop clappers, brass plugs with chains, all with rough chrome-plated finish and lettering on escutcheon reading, "Automatic Sprinkler", equal to Potter-Roemer. Hose connection sizes and threads shall match Local Fire Department standards. Install a 90-degree elbow with drain connection to allow for system drainage to prevent freezing. Basis of Design: Victaulic #10-DR. 8. Automatic ball drips, as manufactured by Potter-Roemer shall be Fig. 5982, size 3/4", of straight design in case brass. Install in horizontal position only. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 18 9. Swing Check valve shall be equal to-Victaulic Style 717 / 717R, spring assisted type for vertical or horizontal installation, with tapping for automatic ball drip, size as required. 10. Double check valve assembly as noted on plans, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor, DEP approved for backflow prevention, Ames Model Colt300, with gate valves. Provide test and repair kits. 11. Dry alarm valve shall be equal to Victaulic Series 768-NXT, complete with Series 746- LPA accelerator,-air maintenance trim assembly, and-supervisory panel. The required air pressure shall be 13-psi (90-kPa). The valve shall be externally resettable, and all internal components shall be replaceable without removing the valve from the installed position. Include with air compressors as required. 12. Wet-pipe alarm check valve shall be equal to Reliable Model “E” with conventional trim kit, retarder, and excess pressure pump. 13. Alarm Test Modules: Furnish and install UL listed and FM approved-Victaulic Company Style 720 TestMaster II "Test and Drain" for the alarm test loops, complete with combination sight glass/orifice. 14. Valves with Built-in Tamper Switches: Furnish and install, and each flow control station,-Victaulic Company Series 705 grooved ends, 300 psi., slow closing butterfly valves, complete with built-in tamper switches, pressure responsive seat, and stem that is offset from the disc centerline to provide complete 360-degree circumferential seating. For 2" pipe size and larger;-Victaulic Company Series 728 for grooved or threaded pipe 2" and smaller. Valves shall be FM approved and UL listed, and the actuator housing shall be weatherproof. 15. Drain and test connections shall be equal to-Victaulic Company TestMaster II with sight glass, and test orifice. 16. Main water flow initiating device shall be equal to System Sensor or Potter Model PS10-2A attached to alarm check valve in non-interruptible position. 17. Water flow switches shall be equal to System Sensor Model WFD or Potter VSF D with two sets of SPDT contacts and time delay. 2.9 ACCESS PANELS A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, in masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard ceilings, shall be furnished by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plaster shall be Karp type DSC-214 PL (12” by 12”). For dry wall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12“ x 12” minimum.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING AND TESTING Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 19 A. Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI and NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers. B. After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for period of two (2) hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system of zone being tested. Test dry-pipe hydrostatically except, in freezing conditions, test with air at pressures not less than 50 psi, for period of two (2) hours. Check system for leakage. Leave differential dry-valve clappers open during test, to prevent damage. C. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with ANSI/NFPA standards for "little or no leakage", and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. 3.2 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes and perimeters. E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 20 3.3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. C. Install unions in pipes 2" and smaller adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings. D. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 and larger connections. E. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13, and NFPA 14. Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's written instructions for rigid systems. F. Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete with shutoff valve. Test connections may also serve as drain pipes. G. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection. Provide gauge with a connection not less than 1/4" and having a soft metal seated globe valve arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal and where they will not be subject to freezing. H. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows. I. Flanged Joints: Align flanged surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. J. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings. K. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13, and 14, and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Gate Valves: Install supervised open gate valves so located to control all sources of water supply except fire department connections. Where there is more than one control valve, provide permanently marked identification signs indicating the portion of the system controlled by each valve. C. Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in the vertical position in proper direction of flow including the bypass check valve and retard chamber drain line connection. Install valve trim in Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 21 accordance with the valve manufacturer's appropriate trim diagram. Test valve for proper operation. D. Hose Cabinets: Install cabinet with 2-1/2" hose outlet valves with quick disconnect 2-1/2" to 1-1/2" reducing coupling hose and flow restriction device at each standpipe outlet. 3.5 PUMPER CONNECTION A. Install fire hose valve in locations and at mounting heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. B. Securely fasten fire hose, valve, and cabinets to structure, square and plumb, to comply with manufacturer's instructions. C. Identify equipment n cabinet with lettering spelling "FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE". Provide lettering style, color, size and location. 3.6 FINAL CLOSEOUT A. Identification: Apply signs to control, drain, test, and alarm valves identifying their purpose and function. Provide lettering size and style selected by Architect/Engineer from NFPA's suggested styles. B. Adjustments: Place the system in operation with controls functioning. Adjust controls and apparatus for proper operation. Test thermometers and gauges for accuracy over the entire range. Remove and replace items found defective. 3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or patching of all openings and holes 4 " diameter, or 4 " square or smaller, required for the installation of fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and error, due to failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions, shall be the responsibility of the Fire Protection Subcontractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4 " diameter, or 4 " square, shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All piping, cutting, and threading shall be done in a location approved by the Architect/Engineer. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 22 F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 3.8 SERVICES A. Water Service 1. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for providing the new water service from the city main into the building to the location shown on plans, including all site work, piping, and valves thereto. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall extend piping into building and shall flush and test main per NFPA prior to back fill. 3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE (Wet Pipe System) A. Piping between Fire-Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard- weight steel pipe with threaded ends; cast-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints or grooved ends; grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings; and grooved joints. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2” and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. D. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 ½” to NPS 4”,shall be the following: 1. Schedule 10, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. E. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with cut or roll grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. F. Schedule 10, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. G. Schedule 10, black-steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE (Dry Pipe System) A. Piping between Fire-Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard- weight steel pipe with grooved ends; grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings; and grooved joints. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard-pressure, dry-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2” and smaller shall be the following: 1. Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. D. Standard-pressure, dry-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be the following: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA FIRE PROTECTION 210000 - 23 1. Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with cut-grooved ends; galvanized, grooved- end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. END OF SECTION Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL.................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK ..................................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 2 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................................................................. 4 1.6 PRODUCTS ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 1.7 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS ...................................................................................................................................... 5 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 5 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 5 1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING .............................................................................................................................................................. 5 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 6 1.13 WORK CONCEALED ................................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.14 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.15 GUARANTEE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS ............................................................................................................................................................... 7 1.17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS........................................................................................................................ 7 1.18 PROTECTION ............................................................................................................................................................................ 8 1.19 CLEANING .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 1.20 COORDINATION DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................................................. 8 1.21 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUPPORTS ................................................................................................................................... 9 PART 2 - MATERIALS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 10 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK ............................................................................................................................................................ 10 2.2 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................................................... 14 2.3 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS ............................................................................................................................. 14 2.4 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS (ERV) ........................................................................................................................ 15 2.5 LOUVERS ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15 2.6 PIPE SLEEVES......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 2.7 HANGERS ................................................................................................................................................................................ 16 2.8 INSULATION ............................................................................................................................................................................ 16 2.9 PIPE AND FITTINGS................................................................................................................................................................ 17 2.10 ACCESS PANELS .................................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.11 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL ............................................................................................................................. 19 2.12 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL ................................................................................................................................... 22 2.13 VRV SYSTEM MULTI SPLIT HEAT PUMP UNITS – COMMON AREAS ............................................................................... 36 2.14 MULTI-ZONE MULTI SPLIT INVERTER HEAT PUMP UNITS – APARTMENTS ................................................................. 43 PART 3- INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................................................................... 50 3.1 CLEANING AIR SYSTEMS ...................................................................................................................................................... 50 3.2 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING .................................................................................................................................. 51 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................................................................... 51 3.4 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS ......................................................................................................................................................... 52 3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING ................................................................................................................................................... 53 3.6 AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS ......................................................................................................................................... 53 3.7 INSULATION ............................................................................................................................................................................ 57 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................................. 57 3.9 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP .......................................................................................................................................... 58 3.10 IDENTIFICATION ..................................................................................................................................................................... 58 3.11 SPARE PARTS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 58 3.12 FIRE SAFING............................................................................................................................................................................ 59 3.13 SMOKE DAMPERS .................................................................................................................................................................. 60 Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 2 SECTION 23 00 00 HEATING, VENTING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section, whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following; 1. Split heat pump systems with inverter driven compressors. 2 Energy recovery ventilators and associated duct work and duct accessories. 3. Piping systems for condensate drain, and refrigerant including all valves, traps, and accessories. 4. Insulation for pipe and ducting. 5. Vibration and seismic control. 6. Automatic temperature controls. 7 . Air balance, tests, start-up. 8. Guarantee. 9. Instructions. 10. Record Drawings. 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules, or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules, or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 3 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the HVAC Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The HVAC Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The HVAC Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the HVAC Subcontractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC Subcontractor shall lay out all his work at the site and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. G. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 4 H. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The HVAC Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. J. Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Subcontractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the HVAC Subcontractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accor- dance with the General Requirements. 1.6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or equipment (i.e., air handling units and condensing units). Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished on the project. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes, which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the HVAC Subcontractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 5 Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Subcontractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect E. Substitution of equipment by this contractor which is to be wired, piped, or welded shall detail and include any additional changes involved for work or wiring over and above that required for the equipment specified. The approval of substitution of equipment does not relieve this Contractor from the responsibility for any charges for additional work, which may have to be performed by other trades as a result of any substitution. 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Subcontract requirements. B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The HVAC Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The HVAC Subcontractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 6 A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Subcontractor. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the HVAC Subcontractor. 1.13 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings where noted ducts shall be run in joist space. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade. 1.14 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to final acceptance, the HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) sets of complete instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of all systems installed under his Subcontract. These instructions shall be typed or printed, and each set bound separately with durable covers. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or persons as the Architect and/or Owner may designate, regarding the care and use of all systems and all apparatus pertaining thereto. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 7 C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire dampers, volume dampers, control dampers and control valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added to these drawings prior to submittal to the Architect. In addition to the above all revised areas shall be clearly marked with a revision bubble. 1.17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Contractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver three (3) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Architect, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a table of contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3. Winter/summer changeover procedures. 4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 5. Lubrication chart. 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 7. Valve chart. 8. List of recommended spare parts. 9. Copies of all service contracts. 10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc. 11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 8 D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control" paragraphs of this Section for additional requirements. 1.18 PROTECTION A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing or foreign material. C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the part of the HVAC Subcontractor. D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. 1.19 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of cleaning. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all ducts, and pipes shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean. 1.20 COORDINATION DRAWINGS Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 9 A. This Contractor shall prepare a complete set of background Drawings at minimum 1/4 in. equals 1 ft. 0 in. showing architectural and structural features and other information as needed for coordination layout. Background Drawings shall be prepared under this Section. B. Circulate drawings among trades as necessary to show all information outlined below. Each trade shall sign and date each coordination Drawing. Co-ordinate all conflicts between trades prior to submitting drawing to the Architect. C. The information to be contained on the Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Insert and sleeve locations if required by the Architect. 2. Structural, partition/room layout, ceiling grid, and other information needed for co-ordination including bottom of steel elevations. 3. All fire walls and smoke partitions. 4. Equipment layouts and egress routes for equipment removal. 5. Sheet metal work layout including bottom of duct elevations. 6. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning, Plumbing, and Fire Protection pipe routing including centerline of pipe elevations. 7. Valves including valve tag numbers. 8. Access panels. 9. Electrical light fixtures, cable trays, panelboards, etc. Each trade shall show his work on the background Drawings with appropriate elevations and grid dimensions. Drawing shall indicate horizontal and vertical dimensions to avoid interference with structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other services. D. Fabrication shall not begin until the final coordination drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Architect. Review of coordination Drawings shall not diminish the responsibility under this Contract for final co-ordination of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems and equipment with the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and other work. E. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. If equipment is disapproved, drawings shall be revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted The approval of equipment does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of Shop Drawing errors in details, sizes, quantities, wiring diagram, arrangement, and dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract Drawings, and/or job conditions as they exist. Unless the Contractor specifically requests in writing, changes, substitutions, or deletions of specific Contract Document requirements with respect to any submissions, approval of the Shop Drawing by the Architect does not constitute acceptance. Approval of shop drawings containing errors does not relieve the Contractor from making corrections at his expense. 1.21 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUPPORTS Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 10 A. See drawings and schedules for equipment and materials that need to be fastened to and/or supported by the structure. This Division shall furnish and install all necessary anchor bolts, inserts, steel beams, bars, bearing and leveling plates and incidental items as may be needed to install the work. Items to be built into masonry and concrete must be furnished to the respective trade at the proper time to be built-in and shall include instructions and templates for their installation, unless it is explicitly shown or specified otherwise. 1.22 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of HVAC in the building, shall be performed by the HVAC Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Engineer. Location for open¬ings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsi¬bility of the HVAC Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings, duct locations and elevations must be coordinated with work of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure, piping, conduit and light fixtures. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 11 B. All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet of bend forming quality, 2” pressure class, except as follows: 1. Ductwork for clothes dryer vents shall be aluminum. 2. Elevator machine room ventilation sleeve shall be 16 gauge continuously welded black steel with 3/8” wire mesh screen on each side. C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and latest ASHRAE or SMACNA requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing, and supports. All exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to provide a neat, smooth, finished appearance. Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are turned on or off. D. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in shape or dimensions shall be made by the HVAC Subcontractor without first obtaining approval from the Architect, except that duct shall be offset as required to clear structural members and to co- ordinate with other trades and any duct changes must meet the latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards. E. The center line radius of all duct elbows where shown on the Drawings shall be at least one and one-half times the width of the duct. Where building conditions do not allow for this radius or where square turns are shown, manufactured double walled duct turns equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the supply or exhaust air ducts and "Sonotru" acoustical attenuating turns as manufactured by South Control Products Co. shall be used in any air ducts where acoustical insulation is included. F. Duct sections 1'-6" wide or less shall be butted together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8" wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint. Standing bar slips as specified for ducts over 18" may be used at the HVAC Subcontractor's option. G. Ducts from 18" to 30" wide shall be jointed with 1/2" standing bar slips made of metal the same as or heavier than duct sheets. Joints in ducts with either dimension over 30" shall have 1" standing bar slips on those sides over 30". Where sides are over 42", the standing bar slips will be reinforced with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" angles. Additional angle stiffeners not over 60" apart shall be provided between joints. Ducts over 60" in width shall be jointed with 1-1/2" x 1/8" angle irons riveted to ductwork on all sides with 1/8" rivets at not more than 4-1/2" on centers, sections bolted with 3/16" stove bolts at not over 6" centers, sheets turned over angles into joint at least 1/4". H. Sheet metal screws 3/4" #10 may be used to attach stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams, spaced not over 12" on centers and not less than two per side of 12" or more, except where specified otherwise. Button punching shall not be used except for pre-erection attachment of fittings. I. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual damper, at each fire damper, and at every duct mounted control device. Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast type rotary latches. Where space limitations do not allow for full swing of the access door, two rotary type Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 12 latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation. Insulate doors located in insulated ductwork. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 10" by 12" minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for access to fire damper fusible links or other devices. J. Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq. ft. in area or above shall be round bar type fastened to 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/8" angles under the ducts. Ducts less than 4 sq. ft. in area shall be hung with black 1" x 1/16" strap iron, bent 1" under bottom side of the duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws, using not less than two screws per side and as many more so that they are not greater than 6" centers. K. Hangers are to be placed on not greater than 8'-0" centers or closer where required so that the ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point. L. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for, the sheet metal duct size shown on the Drawings must be increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or cross sectional area shown on the Drawings. M. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for rectangular sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining airtight ducts at 2" WG Maximum static pressure with maximum leakage of 5% of total fan capacity; 1/2 of 1% for round and oval ducts. All joints in ductwork shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer, or equal. N. Duct systems shall have sufficient volume dampers, whether or not shown, to control and adjust the total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and at each diffuser or grille. Volume dampers shall be of the butterfly type with 18-gauge galvanized iron blade. All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD locking quadrant. All dampers shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of shaft mounted on a 2" x 3" x 1/8" plate held to duct with sheet metal screws. Maximum width of single blades shall be 14". Splitter dampers shall not be used. O. Smoke and Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers 1. Manufacturers: Air Balance, Inc., American Warming and Ventilating, Greenheck, Prefco Products, Inc., Ruskin Company, National Controlled Air or approved equal. 2. General Description: Labeled according to UL 555S. Combination fire and smoke dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555 for 1-1/2 or 3 hour rating. Coordinate all features with fire alarm and HVAC control systems, including interface with the fire alarm system, power and control wiring requirements. See Division 15 HVAC control sections for requirements and sequence of operations. 3. Fusible Links for Combination Dampers Only: Replaceable, 212 deg F rated, unless otherwise noted. 4. Frame and Blades: 0.064-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. 5. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application. 6. Damper Motors: Modulating and two-position action required for operation. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 13 a. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." b. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear trains. c. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism. Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque rating of 150 in. x lbf. d. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal operation at minus 40 deg F. e. Electrical Connection: Voltage as required, field coordinated with fire alarm and HVAC control systems. 7. Leakage Classification: Classified and labeled Class I or II leakage at 250 deg F suitable for system application. Class I for engineered smoke control and/or evacuation systems, Class II for smoke isolation of air handling unit and of smoke barrier duct penetrations. 8. Fail Safe Position: Power open and fail closed for smoke isolation of air handling units, smoke barrier duct penetrations, and smoke partition transfers. Power closed/fail open for elevator shaft vents. For engineered smoke control and/or evacuation systems, power open/fail closed or power closed/fail open suitable for fail safe operation recommended by manufacturer and approved by authority having jurisdiction for system application and operation. 9. Accessories: a. End Switches: Two damper end switches, open and closed position, for damper position status and control function interfaces for each damper, contacts rated for field coordinated voltage with fire alarm and HVAC control systems. b. Resettable Heat Responsive Device and Override Control: For combination fire and smoke dampers in engineered smoke control, a primary electric temperature sensor (165 deg F) and a secondary fusible link (350 deg F). Electric sensor shall be factory installed and wired to terminal point, ready for field wiring of remote override control switch. P. Install duct liner where noted on the drawings. a. Duct lining shall be shop installed by the Sheet Metal Subcontractor. Material shall be 1" nominal thickness, 3-pound density, non-combustible glass fiber with UL approved neoprene coating on air side. b. Insulation shall be applied with 100% adhesive coverage, plus stick clips on all sides of duct, 24" on center in direction of air flow, 12" to 18" on center at right angles to air flow. Coat leading edge of each insulation section with adhesive. c. Lining shall be Certainteed No. 300 "Ultralite", or equal. Q. Where called for on drawings, final connections to diffusers and registers shall be made with flexible ductwork, UL listed, Class 1. To be Thermaflex S-LP-10 for exhaust/return, M-KA for supply, or equal. Joints shall be sealed with duct tape and Thermaflex duct straps. Connection to rigid ductwork shall be made with spun conical taps. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 14 R. Install duct-type smoke detectors furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor. Refer to drawings for quantities and locations. S. ROUND DUCT 1. Unless otherwise noted, all round ducts shall be constructed per SMACNA’s Duct Construction Standards (+2.0 in W.G. for aluminum) duct gages as follows: Diameter (inches) Galvanized Aluminum Duct Fittings Duct Fittings 3-14 26 24 20 20 16-26 24 22 20 20 28-36 22 20 16 16 38-50 20 20 14 14 2. Duct seams shall be snap lock, pipe lock, or spiral for longitudinal seams and slip or lap type for transverse joints. All joints sealed per 2.1.M 3. Fitting shall have a nail thickness not less than listed in 2.1.S.1 4. Elbows shall be either stamped or segmented. Adjustable fittings are not acceptable. Center line radius equal to 1.5 diameters and minimum of 4 meters/segments. 5. Where shown and at all divided airflow branches, volume dampers with locking quadrant shall be installed. 2.2 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS A. Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance with the above Specifications. Any variations in design details, fittings, or accessory items for which approval is requested shall be specifically marked on the Drawings, as shall any major variations from the Drawing (minor variations are assumed to be field conditions). Drawings for fan room shall be at 3/8 in. = 1 ft. 0 in. scale. Contractor shall generate ductwork shop drawings from a clean set of Architectural backgrounds. Electronic ductwork drawings will not be made available to the Contractors. B. The Drawings shall not be submitted to the Architect for approval until the ductwork has been coordinated with all other trades. The Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall assume the responsibility for and bear the cost of any alterations required after approval because of inaccurate shop drawings or lack of proper coordination, and also for any changes in sheet metal erected prior to approval of shop drawings. 2.3 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS A. Registers, grilles and diffusers shall be sizes as shown on the drawings. Wall mounted registers shall have sponge rubber gaskets at perimeter of frame. Volume dampers shall be allen key operated. All units shall be installed with face bars parallel to floor or nearest wall. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 15 B. Colors and finishes of registers, grilles & and diffusers shall be as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer’s standard finishes, unless otherwise indicated. C. Diffusers schedule is based on Titus. Price and Krueger are approved equals. D. Schedule: 1. Return and Exhaust Registers (CRR, TER & CER): Titus model 350FL, aluminum louver type exhaust/return register, 35 degree louvers, ¾” blade spacing, border as required and opposed blade damper. 2. Supply diffusers (CD): Titus Model TDCA steel adjustable registers with opposed blade damper. 2.4 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS (ERV) A. Energy recovery ventilators shall be as manufactured by Venmar or equal by Zehnder, Lifebreath, or Fantech. B. The energy recovery core shall be a polymerized paper fixed plate cross-flow heat exchanger capable of transferring sensible and latent energy between air streams. No drains are required. The defrosting system shall be accomplished via recirculation of air into the house, preventing negative pressure or backdrafts. Unit shall be Listed under UL 1812 Standard for Ducted Air to Air Heat exchangers. The unit must pass commercial flammability requirements and shall not be labeled “For Residential Use Only”.The ERV shall be protected by a 5- year warranty on all parts, including the energy recovery core. B. Unit cabinet shall be arranged for vertical mounting with top mounted duct ports with integral pressure taps and balancing dampers to allow for quick balancing and measuring air flow. Filters shall be MERV 7 for each air stream. Unit housing shall have expanded polystyrene insulation. C. Supply and exhaust blower motors shall be electronically commutated, thermally protected and class B insulated. Motors shall have four speed settings and two, high and low, speed controls. D. Dwelling unit energy recovery ventilators shall be furnished with manufacturers Altitude controllers, one for each bathroom, wired in parallel. 2.5 LOUVERS A. All louvers shall be furnished and installed by the HVAC contractor. Where called for on the plans, new louvers shall be extruded aluminum construction, equal to Ruskin Mfg. Co. model no. ELF375DX with box frame, 4” deep, 6063T5 extruded aluminum construction, drainable blades, ¾” aluminum bird screen, and Kynar 500 finish in a custom color to be selected by the Architect. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 16 B. Louvers shall be installed straight and plumb and caulked (or sealed) around entire perimeter. 2.6 PIPE SLEEVES A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes larger than line size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve without gouging. 2.7 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee & Mason, or equal. B. For all pipe 2-1/2" and larger - Grinnell Figure No. 20, at 10' intervals C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or less, 10' intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated or plastic coated. E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12" from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. F. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping; hangers to be installed outside pipe insulation. G. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121C plastic coated riser clamp; to be installed immediately below a coupling. 2.8 INSULATION A. Duct Insulation: Ducting shall be insulated as follows. 1. All new air supply, return, and exhaust air ducts shall be insulated. Insulation shall be 1-1/2 in. thick, 1 pound density glass fiber (flexible) duct insulation with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket equal to Manville Type FSK. Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster No. 85-20 adhesive. Lap jacket 2 in. at all seams and secure flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete vapor barrier. In addition, this concealed duct insulation shall be tied 18 in. o.c. with 18 gauge aluminum or copper wire where ducts exceed 24 in. in width. 2. All outdoor air ducting shall be insulated with 2” thick, 1 pound density glass fiber duct wrap as described above. Seal at joints to maintain vapor barrier. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 17 B. Pipe Insulation: Piping in all locations shall be insulated. 1. All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U.L. 723. Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to these same fire retardant and smoke ratings. 2. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the pipe and circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets. Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket materials used on adjoining insulation. 3. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 4. A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot water, condensate drains and make-up water piping. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier. 5. Attention is called for to the fact that on all refrigerant piping and condensate drain piping, oversized pipe hangers shall be furnished and pipe insulation shall be applied continuous along the pipe passing inside the hanger. 6. All refrigerant piping and condensate drain piping shall be insulated with Armaflex Armacell elastomer pipe insulation, or approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed .25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F. per hour at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as scheduled below. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly together. Provide UV protection outdoors. C. Pipe Insulation thickness shall be as follows: Minimum Pipe Insulation Required: 1. Interior Refrigerant Suction and Gas Piping: a. All sizes: 1 1/2 in. thickness 2. Exterior Refrigerant Suction and Gas Piping: a. All sizes: 1-1/2 in. thickness with aluminum jacket b. Piping in buried conduit: 1/2 in. thickness 3. Condensate drain piping: a. All sizes: 1/2 in. thickness b. Basement piping all sizes: 1 in. thickness 2.9 PIPE AND FITTINGS Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 18 A. General 1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in force. 2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each and every length of pipe. 3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2.1-1968. 4. Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with ASME B31.1, or ASME B31.9, as applicable, for shop and project site welding of piping work. B. Application 1. Refrigerant: Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class Bag1 silver solder or as called for in equipment manufacturer’s instructions. Buried refrigerant piping shall be installed within a 4” Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeve. 2. Condensate drains: Type L copper for all condensate drain piping in garage level, copper or PVC for all other. C. Materials 1. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280. 2. Equipment manufacturer’s REFNET joints, fittings, and manifolds shall be used for refrigerant piping. 3. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22. 4. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.23. 5. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.29. 6. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B43. 7. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.15. 8. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials. 9. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. 10. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply with SFA 5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials. 11. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated. 2.10 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, etc. installed above plastered ceilings, in walls, and all other non-accessible spaces. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12"); access panels in walls Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 19 shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal" (12" x 12"). Fire rating of access panel shall match the fire rating of wall/ceiling/floor it is installed in. 2.11 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. Scope of Work 1. All temperature control work shall be performed by this Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary wiring, equipment and software as defined in this specification. 3. All material and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured and available and not custom designed especially for this project. All systems and components, except site specific software, shall have previously been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use prior to installation on this project. 4. The system, upon completion of the installation and prior to acceptance of the project, shall perform all operating functions as detailed in this Specification. 5. Codes and Regulations. All electrical equipment and material and its installation shall conform to the current requirements of the following authorities: a. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) b. National Electric Code (NEC) c. National Fire Code d. Uniform Building Code e. Uniform Mechanical Code f. Uniform Plumbing Code g. UL916 h. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most restrictive shall apply. Nothing in these plans and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to applicable codes. B. Submittals, Documentation and Acceptance 1. Shop Drawings. A minimum of six (6) copies of Shop Drawings shall be submitted and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials, including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation instructions. Shop Drawings shall also contain complete wiring, routing, schematic diagrams, tag number of devices, software descriptions, calculations, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system will function properly. Drawings shall show proposed layout and installation of all equipment and the relationship to other parts of the work. 2. Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer and the Owner’s before any equipment is installed. Therefore, Shop Drawings must be submitted in time for review so that all installations can be completed per the project's completion schedule. 3. All Drawings shall be reviewed after the final system checkout and updated or corrected to provide "as-built" Drawings to show exact installation. The system will not be considered complete until the "as-built" Drawings have received their Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 20 final approval. The Contractor shall deliver three (3) sets of "as-built" Drawings, and one (1) CADD disk of these Drawings. C. Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be installed and terminated by the HVAC Contractor. Control wiring shall be as follows: 1. All circuits which are activated or deactivated by temperature control system components, such as, but not limited to, PE's and high and low limit protective devices. 2. All circuits which activate or deactivate temperature control system components, such as solenoid air valve. 3. All temperature control panel wiring to terminal strips and field wiring from terminal strips to field mounted devices. 4. All wiring to the "Auto" side of hand-off auto switches on units being controlled by the HVAC Contractor. 5. Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required to be located on or in temperature control panels. 6. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall be by the HVAC subcontractor from sources provided by the Electrical Contractor specifically for that purpose. 7. All wiring shall comply with national, state, and local electrical codes. All power wiring will be installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor. Power wiring shall be defined as follows: a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying voltages greater than 120 volt (except for power to the temperature control panels). b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects, starters, and electric motors. c. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature control panels where required. d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused disconnects for each air compressor. e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors. f. Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor starters and from compressor motor starters to compressor motor. D. Adjustment and Calibration: 1. On completion of the job, the ATC Contractor shall completely calibrate, test, and adjust, ready for use, all electronic controls, thermostats, valves, damper motors, and relays provided under his contract and be present for functional tests on systems. 2. Before the Engineer is asked to witness the functional tests, the entire control and management system must be complete, controls calibrated. The controlled devices will be physically inspected and checked to assure that these terminal devices are, in fact, under proper control and working smoothly over their entire range of operation. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 21 3. The adjustment procedure shall include the following steps: a. Preliminary set up and calibration per Specifications and Shop Drawings. b. Physical checkout of all components for completeness and accuracy, simultaneously with mechanical system balancing. c. Review of system with Engineer. d. Functional test for Owner's benefit, instruction, and acceptance. e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after systems have been in full operation, review problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments, and recalibrate as required. 4. The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete instructional manual covering the function and operation of all control and management system components on the job, which shall include a trouble-shooting and operating procedure. This manual shall be furnished to the Owner's operating personnel and shall show the total integrated control system. Competent technicians shall be provided for instruction purposes. The Control Manufacturer shall furnish schematic systems control diagrams to be delivered to the Owner on AutoCAD disks. 5. Control and management systems shall neither be considered complete nor acceptable until all conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been attained, all temperatures are maintained within specified limits of all operating conditions, and all systems damper leakage of controlled within specified limits. 6. Contractor shall cooperate with the commissioning authority to full extent necessary including return trips. E. Service and Guarantee: 1. The complete installation, including all equipment, shall be guaranteed free from defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from date of acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no cost to the Owner, all necessary service, adjusting, and checking during the 12 month guarantee period. 2. During warranty period, the HVAC Contractor shall update and implement all latest revisions of software offered by the Contractor that applies to this Project. F. Control Systems and Sequences 1. Dwelling units split system heat pumps: These systems shall be controlled by manufacturers microprocessors located in the indoor and outdoor units via commands from the infrared remote controller. Furnish wiring and interlock between indoor units, outdoor unit, and remote controller units as recommended by unit manufacturer. 2. The Common Space multi-zone split heat pump system shall also include an intelligent touch advanced multi-zone controller to allow central control of all zones with simplified wired controllers in each individual zone. Furnish all required wiring. 3. The basement HRV unit shall be controlled via space mounted humidistat, which Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 22 shall activate the unit on rise in basement space relative humidity above 60% (adj). The exhaust and intake ducts at wall louvers shall have motorized dampers which shall be energized upon HRV activation and closed when unit is off. Furnish all controllers, thermostats, devices, and wiring as required. 4. Stair electric fan forced wall heater shall be controlled via manufacturer’s integral thermostat. The mechanical room electric unit heater shall be controlled by wall mounted thermostat furnished with the unit. 5. Dwelling Unit HRV’s: Units shall be controlled by manufacturers Altitude wall mounted digital controllers, one in each bathroom. Controllers provide manual on mode with two speed settings, programmable mode, recirculation mode, or 20,30,or 40 minute cycle per hour mode. 2.12 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL A. Intent: 1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in the Specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators and with flexible connections to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. 2. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 3. It is the intent of the seismic portion of Specification to keep all mechanical building system components in place during a seismic event. 4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer’s, and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5. This Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements. 6. The Contractor shall correct any variance or non-compliance with these Specification requirements in an approved manner. 7. Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment. 2. Equipment isolation bases. 3. Flexible piping connections. 4. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment. 5. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 6. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 7. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 23 8. All mechanical systems: Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical. (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification) AC Units Ductwork Electrical Panels Fans (all types) Heat Exchangers Bus Ducts Motor Control Ctrs. Piping Unit Heaters Condensing Units C. Definitions: 1. Life Safety Systems a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke systems b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers, a c. All medical and life support systems. d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2. Positive Attachment: a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double-sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided “C” type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. 3. Transverse Bracing: a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit. 4. Longitudinal Bracing a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit. D. Manufacturer’s Data: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 24 1. The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows: a. Descriptive Data: (1) Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. (2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings. b. Shop Drawings: (1) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. (2) Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment. (3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturer’s submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points. (4) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size, and locations for each piece of equipment. c. Seismic Certification and Analysis: (1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. (2) All restraining devices shall have a pre-approval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Pre-approvals based on independent testing are preferred to approvals based on calculations. Where pre-approved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 to the weakest mode (3) Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 25 loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level. E. Code and Standards Requirements: 1. Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or enforced code: a. Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA National Mechanical Code. c. NFPA 90A. F. Manufacturer’s Responsibility: 1. Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities: a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations. b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. c. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-isolated equipment. d. Provide installation instructions, drawings, and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. G. Related Work: 1. Housekeeping Pads: a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepares by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings. b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. 2. Supplementary Support Steel a. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 26 specified. 3. Attachments: a. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double-sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor’s calculations. H. Seismic Force Levels The following force levels will be used on this project. Minimum “G” Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. Building Code “G” Force for all pipes, Duct & Conduit “G” Force for Rigidity Mounted Equipment “G” Force for Flexibility Mounted Equipment “G” Force For Life Safety Equipment Either Rigidity or Flexibility Mounted Zone UBC Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * BOCA SBCCI .25 .08 0.4 0.15 0.1 0.15 0.6 0.2 I. Product Intent: 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry’s products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints: 1. Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16-gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be Type Super “W” as Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 27 manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc 3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc 5. Spring isolators shall be free standing, laterally stable without any housing, and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7. Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 28 vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3) leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load, and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have a MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1.2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall be SLR- MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing the 30 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-compressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 29 proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc 13. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage pre- approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14. Steel angles, sized to pre-vent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose performed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Pre- approval “R”Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 in. shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable t allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17. All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing Specifications. Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of nor less than1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8 in. deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable “G” force. Submittals shall include the load deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage pre- approval “R”Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubbers shall be series Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 30 Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is “rolled up” to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud edge anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be Type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 20. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge of elbows. Bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6in. The base depth need not exceed 12 in. unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of 1/2 in. bars welded in place on 6 in. centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 in. above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolt sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 in. clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable. Base shall be Type BMK o K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 21. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4 in. thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall have provision for 2 in. of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage pre-approval “R” from OSHPD in the State of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Curb shall be Type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22. Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 31 ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 190 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 250 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 190 F and 135 psi at 250 F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above Specifications may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods, as control rods are not desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the throughst at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area. Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc 23. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1-1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1/4 x 12 Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All- directional anchors shall be Type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 32 separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of 1-5/8 in. motion, or to meet location requirements. Pipe guides shall be Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Split Wall Seals consists of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4 in. thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall, or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 in. past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240 dig. F, 10 lb. density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27. The horizontal throughst restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for throughst at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of throughst and symmetrical on either side of the unit. Horizontal throughst restraints shall be Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. K. Execution – General 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instruction and all certified submittal data. 2. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment. 3. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified 4. The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. “Building” includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls. 5. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. 6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor’s expense. 7. Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the Specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 33 equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor’s expense. 8. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the Contractor’s expense. 9. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: a. Flanges of structural beams. b. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. c. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. 10. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. 11. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. 12. At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. 13. At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. 14. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification type 18, and Specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. 15. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. 16. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities. 17. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals. 18. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air throughst in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal throughst restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection guide). 19. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. L. Vibration Isolation of Piping: 1. Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in Specification 11. Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations. Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps Specification 14. Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in Specification 10. Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in Specification 6. Heat exchangers and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three (3) isolators from the isolated Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 34 equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment. If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0.75 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3 in., 1- 1/2 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6 in., and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24 stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service. 2. Riser Isolation: Risers shall be suspended from Specification 10 hangers or supported by Specification 5 mountings, anchored with Specification 25 anchors, and guided with Specification 26 sliding guides. Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0.75 in. except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to  25% of the initial load. Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final changes and seismic loads. Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. M. Seismic Restraint of Piping: 1. Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use Specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and compressed air piping that is 1 in boiler rooms, mechanical equipment (fan) rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1-1/4 in. I.D. and larger. b. All other piping 2-1/2 in. diameter and larger. 2. Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40’ maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80’ maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 4. Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. 5. For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20-ft. maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40-ft. maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within allowable limits at longer distances. 7. Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports. 8. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. 9. Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 35 shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3.02.C.2 and 3. For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3.02.C2 and 3. N. Vibration Isolation of Ductwork: 1. All discharge runs for a distance of 50’ from the connected equipment shall be isolated from the building structure by means of Specification 10 hangers or Specification 5 floor isolators. Spring deflection shall be a minimum 0.75 in. 2. All duct runs having air velocity of 1000 fpm or more shall be isolated from the building structure by Specification 11 hangers or 5 floor supports. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75 in. O. Seismic Restraint of Ductwork: 1. Seismically restrain all duct work with Specification 12 or 13 restraints as listed below: a. Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq. ft. or larger. b. Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28 in. or larger. c. Restrain flat oval ducts the same way as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size. 2. Transverse restraints shall occur at 30’ intervals or at both ends of the duct run if less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each duct turn and at each end of a duct run. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60’ intervals with at least one restraint per duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4’ of the intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized for the larger duct. Duct joints shall conform to SMACNA duct construction standards. 4. The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger rods. Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze. 5. A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the combined weights and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and dimensions of the duct for which bracing details are selected. 6. Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts running through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and frame. P. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained as per the schedules in paragraph S of this Specification. Q. Seismic Restraint Exclusions: 1. Piping: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 36 a. All piping less than 2-1/2 in. in diameter except those listed below. b. All gas piping and medical gas piping less than 1 in. I.D. c. All piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1-1/4 in. I.D. d. All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended from hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than the 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the clevis or trapeze. e. All PVC and fiberglass suspended waste or vent pipe 6 in. in diameter and smaller. 2. Ductwork: a. Rectangular, square or oval ducts less than 6 sq. ft. in cross sectional area. b. Round duct less than 28 in. in diameter. c. Duct supported by hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the duct work. R. Suspended Equipment: 1. VAV boxes and fan powered equipment weighing less than 50 lbs. and rigidly connected to the supply side of the duct system and supported with a minimum of 4 hanger rods. S. Schedules: Vibration Isolation and / or Seismic Restraint Equipment Schedule Specification Static Deflection ERV Units 10, 12, 19 .75 in. Condensing Units 1 & 19 Heat Pump Units 3 Electric Heaters 3 In-Line Fans 10, 12, 19 .75 in. 2.13 VRV SYSTEM MULTI SPLIT HEAT PUMP UNITS – COMMON AREAS A. VRV System Heat Pump Unit 1. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: a. Mitsubishi Electronics America, Inc.; HVAC Division. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 37 b. Daikin AC. 2. System Description The variable capacity, heat pump air conditioning system shall be a Mitsubishi Electric CITY MULTI VRF (Variable Refrigerant Flow) zoning system. The S-Series system shall consist of the PUMY outdoor unit, multiple CITY MULTI indoor units, and M-NET DDC (Direct Digital Controls). The PUMY outdoor unit shall be a horizontal discharge, 208/230 volt, single-phase unit. Each CITY MULTI indoor unit or group of CITY MULTI indoor units shall be independently controlled. 3. Quality assurance a. The units shall be listed by Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL) and bear the ETL label. b. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.). c. The units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001 and ISO14001 which is a set of standards applying to environmental protection set by the International Standard Organization (ISO). d. All units must meet or exceed the 2010 Federal minimum efficiency requirements and the proposed ASHRAE 90.1 efficiency requirements for VRF systems. Efficiency shall be published in accordance with the DOE alternative test procedure, which is based on the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Standards 340/360, 1230 and ISO Standard 13256-1. e. A full charge of R-410A for the condensing unit only shall be provided in the condensing unit. 4. Delivery, storage and handling a. Unit shall be stored and handled according to the manufacturer’s recommendation. 5. Controls a. The control system shall consist of a low voltage communication network of unitary built-in controllers with on-board communications and a web-based operator interface. A web controller with a network interface card shall gather data from this system and generate web pages accessible through a conventional web browser on each PC connected to the network. Operators shall be able to perform all normal operator functions through the web browser interface. b. System controls and control components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation instructions. c. Furnish energy conservation features such as optimal start, night setback, request-based logic, and demand level adjustment of overall system capacity as specified in the sequence. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 38 d. System shall provide direct and reverse-acting on and off algorithms based on an input condition or group conditions to cycle a binary output or multiple binary outputs. e. Provide capability for future system expansion to include monitoring and use of occupant card access, lighting control and general equipment control. f. System shall be capable of email generation for remote alarm annunciation. g. Control system start-up shall be a required service to be completed by the manufacturer or a duly authorized, competent representative that has been factory trained in Mitsubishi controls system configuration and operation. The representative shall provide proof of certification for Mitsubishi CMCN Essentials Training and/or CMCN Hands-On Training indicating successful completion of no more than two (2) years prior to system installation. This certification shall be included as part of the equipment and/or controls submittals. This service shall be equipment and system count dependent and shall be a minimum of one (1) eight (8) hour period to be completed during normal working hours. B Warranty 1. The units shall be covered by the manufacturer’s limited warranty for a period of one (1) year from date of installation. If the systems are: a. designed by a certified CITY MULTI Diamond Designer, b. installed by a contractor that has successfully completed the Mitsubishi Electric three day service course, AND c. verified with a completed commissioning report submitted to and approved by the Mitsubishi Electric Service Department, then the units shall be covered by an extended manufacturer’s limited warranty for a period of five (5) years from date of installation. In addition the compressor shall have a manufacturer’s limited warranty for a period of seven (7) years from date of installation. If, during this period, any part should fail to function properly due to defects in workmanship or material, it shall be replaced or repaired at the discretion of the manufacturer. This warranty shall not include labor. 2. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of twenty-nine years of HVAC experience in the U.S. market. 3. All manufacturer technical and service manuals must be readily available for download by any local contractor should emergency service be required. Registering and sign-in requirements which may delay emergency service reference are not allowed. 4. The CITY MULTI VRF system shall be installed by a contractor with extensive CITY MULTI install and service training. The mandatory contractor service and install training should be performed by the manufacturer. C. S-Series Outdoor Unit Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 39 1. General: The PUMY outdoor units shall be equipped with multiple circuit boards that interface to the M-NET controls system and shall perform all functions necessary for operation. The outdoor unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped and wired. Each unit shall be run tested at the factory. a. The sum of connected capacity of all CITY MULTI indoor units shall range from 50% to 130% of outdoor rated capacity. b. Outdoor unit shall have a sound rating no higher than 59 dB(A). c. Both refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to indoor units shall be individually insulated. d. The outdoor unit shall have an accumulator with refrigerant level sensors and controls. e. The outdoor unit shall have a high pressure safety switch, low pressure safety switch and over-current protection and DC bus protection. f. The outdoor unit shall have the ability to operate with a maximum height difference of 98 feet for the PUMY-P36NHMU (-BS) & PUMY-P48NHMU (- BS) and 164 feet for the PUMY-P60NKMU (-BS) and have a total refrigerant tubing length of 393 feet for the PUMY-P36NHMU (-BS) & PUMY- P48NHMU (-BS) and 492 feet for the PUMY-P60NKMU (-BS). The greatest length is not to exceed 262 feet between the outdoor unit and the CITY MULTI indoor units and shall not require line size changes nor traps. g. The outdoor unit shall have rated performance for heat operation at 0F for the PUMY-P36NHMU (-BS) & PUMY-P48NHMU (-BS) and -4°F for the PUMY-P60NKMU (-BS) ambient temperature without additional low ambient controls. h. The outdoor unit shall be capable of cooling operation down to 23oF outdoor ambient without additional low ambient controls. i. The outdoor unit shall have a high efficiency oil separator plus additional logic controls to ensure adequate oil volume in the compressor is maintained. 2. Unit Cabinet: a. The casing shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished with a powder coated baked enamel. 3. Fan: a. The unit shall be furnished with two direct drive, variable speed motors. b. The fans will be forward curved type blades for quiet operation. c. The fan motor shall have inherent protection, have permanently lubricated bearings, and be completely variable speed. d. The fan motor shall be mounted for quiet operation. e. The fan shall be provided with a raised guard to prevent contact with moving parts. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 40 f. The outdoor unit shall have horizontal discharge airflow. 4. Refrigerant a. R410A refrigerant shall be required for all S-Series outdoor unit systems. 5. Coil: a. The outdoor coil shall be of nonferrous construction with lanced or corrugated fins on copper tubing. b. The coil fins will have a factory applied corrosion resistant blue-fin finish. c. The coil shall be protected with an integral metal guard. d. Refrigerant flow from the outdoor unit shall be controlled by means of an inverter driven compressor. 6. Compressor: a. The compressor shall be a single high performance, inverter driven, modulating capacity scroll compressor. b. The outdoor unit compressor shall have an inverter to modulate capacity. The capacity shall be completely variable down to 33% of rated capacity for the PUMY-P36NHMU (-BS), 25% for the PUMY-P48NHMU (-BS). 22% for the PUMY-P60NKMU (-BS). c. The compressor shall be equipped with an internal thermal overload. d. The compressor shall be mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. 7. Electrical: a. The outdoor unit electrical power shall be 208/230 volts, 1-phase, 60 hertz. b. The unit shall be capable of satisfactory operation within voltage limitations of 187-228 volts (208V/60Hz) or 207-253 volts (230V/60Hz) c. The outdoor unit shall be controlled by integral microprocessors. d. The control circuit between the indoor units and the outdoor unit shall be 24VDC completed using a 2-conductor, twisted pair, non-polar shielded D. Indoor Unit 1. General: The PKFY shall be a wall-mounted indoor unit section and shall have a modulating linear expansion device and a flat front. The PKFY shall be used with the R2-Series outdoor unit and BC Controller, Y-Series outdoor unit, or S-Series outdoor unit. The PKFY shall support individual control using M-NET DDC controllers. 2. Indoor Unit The indoor unit shall be factory assembled, wired and run tested. Contained within the unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, electronic modulating linear Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 41 expansion device, control circuit board and fan motor. The unit shall have a self-diagnostic function, 3-minute time delay mechanism, an auto restart function, and a test run switch. Indoor unit and refrigerant pipes shall be charged with dehydrated air before shipment from the factory. 3. Unit Cabinet: a. All casings, regardless of model size, shall have the same white finish b. Multi directional drain and refrigerant piping offering four (4) directions for refrigerant piping and two (2) directions for draining shall be standard. c. There shall be a separate back plate which secures the unit firmly to the wall. 4. Fan: a. The indoor fan shall be an assembly with one or two line-flow fan(s) direct driven by a single motor. b. The indoor fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced to run on a motor with permanently lubricated bearings. c. A manual adjustable guide vane shall be provided with the ability to change the airflow from side to side (left to right). d. A motorized air sweep louver shall provide an automatic change in airflow by directing the air up and down to provide uniform air distribution. 5. Filter: a. Return air shall be filtered by means of an easily removable, washable filter. 6. Coil: a. The indoor coil shall be of nonferrous construction with smooth plate fins on copper tubing. b. The tubing shall have inner grooves for high efficiency heat exchange. c. All tube joints shall be brazed with phos-copper or silver alloy. d. The coils shall be pressure tested at the factory. e. A condensate pan and drain shall be provided under the coil. f. Both refrigerant lines to the PKFY indoor units shall be insulated. 7. Electrical: a. The unit electrical power shall be 208/230 volts, 1-phase, 60 hertz. b. The system shall be capable of satisfactory operation within voltage limits of 187-228 volts (208V/60Hz) or 207-253 volts (230V/60Hz) 8. Controls: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 42 a. This unit shall use controls provided by Mitsubishi Electric Cooling & Heating to perform functions necessary to operate the system. Please refer to Part 4 of this guide specification for details on controllers and other control options. b. The unit shall be able to control external backup heat. c. The unit shall have a factory built in receiver for wireless remote control d. Indoor unit shall compensate for the higher temperature sensed by the return air sensor compared to the temperature at level of the occupant when in HEAT mode. Disabling of compensation shall be possible for individual units to accommodate instances when compensation is not required. e. Control board shall include contacts for control of external heat source. External heat may be energized as second stage with 1.8°F – 9.0°F adjustable deadband from set point. f. Indoor unit shall include no less than four (4) digital inputs capable of being used for customizable control strategies. g. Indoor unit shall include no less than three (3) digital outputs capable of being used for customizable control strategies. h. Manufacturer to provide drain pan level sensor powered by a 20-year life lithium battery. Sensor shall require no external power for operation and shall have an audible indication of low battery condition. i. The drain pan sensor shall provide protection against drain pan overflow by sensing a high condensate level in the drain pan. Should this occur the control shuts down the indoor unit before an overflow can occur. A thermistor error code will be produced should the sensor activate indicating a fault which must be resolved before the unit re-starts. E.. Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller (PAC-YT53CRAU) The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller (PAC-YT53CRAU) shall be capable of controlling up to 16 indoor units (defined as 1 group). The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall be compact in size, approximately 3” x 5” and have limited user functionality. The Backlit Simple MA supports temperature display selection of Fahrenheit or Celsius. The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall allow the user to change on/off, mode (cool, heat, auto (R2/WR2-Series only), dry, setback (R2/WR2- Series only) and fan), temperature setting, and fan speed setting and airflow direction. The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall be able to limit the set temperature range from the Backlit Simple MA. The Backlit Simple MA Remote controller shall be capable of night setback control with upper and lower set temperature settings. The room temperature shall be sensed at either the Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller or the Indoor Unit dependent on the indoor unit dipswitch setting. The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall display a four-digit error code in the event of system abnormality/error. The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall only be used in same group with Wireless MA Remote Controllers (PAR-FL32MA-E / PAR-FA32MA-E) or with other Backlit Simple MA Remote Controllers (PAC-YT53CRAU), with up to two remote controllers per group. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 43 The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall require no addressing. The Backlit Simple MA Remote Controller shall connect using two-wire, stranded, non-polar control wire to TB15 connection terminal on the indoor unit. The Simple MA Remote Controller shall require cross-over wiring for grouping across indoor units. 2.14 MULTI-ZONE MULTI SPLIT INVERTER HEAT PUMP UNITS – APARTMENTS A. General 1. System Description: a. The heat pump air conditioning system shall be a Mitsubishi Electric MXZ-C H2i (Hyper Heat) variable capacity multi-zone series. Each system shall consist of four (4) slim silhouette, compact, wall mounted indoor fan coil sections with digital wireless remote controller, and/or ceiling suspended, ceiling recessed and/or low to mid profile ducted indoor units with a wired, wall mounted remote controller connected to a indoor branch box controller and then to a compact horizontal discharge outdoor unit which shall be of an inverter driven heat pump design. b. Indoor unit model numbers shall be: 1. Wall Mounted; MSZ-GE06NA-8, MSZ-GE09NA-8, MSZ- GE12NA-8, MSZ-GE15NA-8, MSZ-GE18NA-8, MSZ-GE24NA, MSZ-FE09NA-8, MSZ-FE12NA-8 and MSZ-FE18NA. c. Outdoor unit model numbers may be MXZ-4C36NAHZ (4:1) multi-zone systems. 2. Quality Assurance: a. The system components shall be tested by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and shall bear the ETL label. b. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.). c. The units shall be rated in accordance with Air-conditioning Refrigeration Institute’s (ARI) Standard 240 and bear the ARI Certification label. d. The units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001, which is a set of standards applying to product and manufacturing quality and environmental management and protection set by the International Standard Organization (ISO). e. A dry air holding charge shall be provided in the indoor section. f. System efficiency shall meet or exceed 15.0 SEER when part of a multi system (2:1 / 3:1 / 4:1). 3. Delivery, Storage and Handling Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 44 a. Unit shall be stored and carefully handled according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. b. The wireless remote controller, for the wall mounted and floor standing indoor units, shall be shipped inside the carton and packaged with the indoor unit and shall be able to withstand 105°F storage temperatures and 95% relative humidity without adverse effect. c. The wireless or wired remote controller, for the ceiling suspended, ceiling recessed and ducted indoor units shall be shipped separately. B. Warranty 1. The units shall have a manufacturer’s parts and defects warranty for a period five (5) years from date of installation. The compressor shall have an extended warranty of seven (7) years from date of installation. If, during this period, any part should fail to function properly due to defects in workmanship or material, it shall be replaced or repaired at the discretion of the manufacturer. This warranty will not include labor. 2. Manufacturer shall have over 10 years of continuous experience in the U.S. market. C. Outdoor Unit Products 1. Outdoor Units: General: The MXZ-C H2i outdoor units shall be specifically designed to work with the MSZ-GE, family of indoor units. The outdoor unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped and wired. Each unit shall be run tested at the factory prior to shipment. a. Unit Cabinet: 1. The casing shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, Bonderized, finished with an electrostatically applied, thermally fused acrylic or polyester powder coating for corrosion protection. Assembly hardware shall be cadmium plated for weather resistance. 2. Cabinet color shall be Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1. 3. Two (2) mild steel mounting feet, traverse mounted across the cabinet base pan, welded mount, providing four (4) slotted mounting holes shall be furnished. Assembly shall withstand lateral wind gust up to 155 MPH to meet applicable weather codes. b. Fan: 1. The unit shall be furnished with a direct drive, high performance Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 45 propeller type fan. 2. The condenser fan motor shall be a variable speed, direct current (DC) motor and shall have permanently lubricated bearings. 3. Fan speed shall be switch automatically according to the number of operating indoor units and the compressor operating frequency. 4. The fan motor shall be mounted with vibration isolation for quiet operation. 5. The fan shall be provided with a raised guard to prevent contact with moving parts. 6. The outdoor unit shall have horizontal discharge airflow. c. Coil: 1. The outdoor unit coil shall be of nonferrous construction with lanced or corrugated plate fins on copper tubing. 2. The coil shall be protected with an integral guard. 3. Refrigerant flow from the outdoor unit to the indoor units shall be independently controlled by means of individual electronic linear expansion valves and/or branch zone control boxes. 4. Outdoor unit shall be pre-charged with sufficient R-410a refrigerant for up to one hundred and thirty-one (131) feet of refrigerant piping. 5. Refrigerant lines between outdoor and indoor units shall be of annealed, refrigeration grade copper tubing, ARC Type, meeting ASTM B280 requirements, individually insulated in twin-tube, flexible, closed-cell, CFC-free (ozone depletion potential of zero), elastomeric material for the insulation of refrigerant pipes and tubes with thermal conductivity equal to or better than 0.27 BTU-inch/hour per Sq Ft / °F, a water vapor transmission equal to or better than 0.08 Perm-inch and superior fire ratings such that insulation will not contribute significantly to fire and up to 1” thick insulation shall have a Flame-Spread Index of less than 25 and a Smoke-development Index of less than 50 as tested by ASTM E 84 and CAN / ULC S-102. 6. All refrigerant connections between outdoor and indoor units shall be flare type. d. Compressor: 1. The compressor shall be a high performance, hermetic, inverter driven, variable speed, dual rotary type manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. 2. The compressor motor shall be direct current (DC) type equipped with a factory supplied and installed inverter drive package. 3. The outdoor unit shall be equipped with a suction side Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 46 refrigerant accumulator. 4. The compressor will be equipped with an internal thermal overload. 5. The compressor shall be mounted to avoid the transmission of vibration. g. Electrical: 1. The unit electrical power shall be 208/230 volts, 1-phase, 60 hertz. 2. The unit shall be capable of satisfactory operation within voltage limits of 198 volts to 253 volts. 3. The outdoor unit shall be controlled by the microprocessors located in the indoor unit and in the outdoor unit communicating system status, operation, and instructions digitally over A- Control – a system directing that the indoor unit be powered directly from the outdoor unit using a 3-wire, 14 ga. AWG connection plus ground. 4. The outdoor unit shall be equipped with Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) compressor inverter drive control for maximum efficiency with minimum power consumption. D. Indoor Unit Products 1. Wall Mounted MSZ-GE**NA Indoor Units: a. General: The indoor unit shall be fully factory assembled, wired and run tested prior to shipment. Contained within the indoor unit shall be all factory wiring, piping, control circuit board, fan, and fan motor. The unit shall have a self-diagnostic function, 3-minute restart time delay mechanism, an auto restart function, an emergency / test operation. Indoor unit shall be charged with dry air before shipment from factory. b. Unit Cabinet: 1. The casing shall have a white finish– Munsell 1.0Y 9.2/0.2. 2. Multi directional drain and refrigerant piping, offering three (3) direction pipe alignment for all refrigerant piping and two (2) direction pipe alignment for condensate draining shall be standard. 3. There shall be a separate back plate that secures the indoor unit firmly to the wall. c. Fan: 1. The indoor unit fan shall be an assembly with a line-flow fan direct driven by a single motor. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 47 2. The fan shall be statically and dynamically balanced and run on a motor with permanently lubricated bearing. 3. A manual adjustable guide vane shall be provided with the ability to change the airflow from side to side (left to right). 4. An integral, motorized, multi-position, horizontal air sweep flow louver shall provide for uniform air distribution, up and down. Five (5) positions plus Auto and Swing shall be provided, controlled from the remote controller. 5. The indoor fan shall operate at one of five (5) speeds: Super High, High, Medium, Low, and Quiet plus Auto Fan Mode selected from the remote controller. 6. The indoor fan shall operate at one of five (5) speeds: Super High, High, Medium, Low, and Quiet plus Auto Fan Mode for models up to 18,000 BTU/h, and four (4) speeds: Powerful, High, Medium and Low plus Auto Fan Mode for the 24,000 BTU/h model. All speeds shall be selected from the remote controller. Indoor unit sound level shall not exceed: Model / Speed Super High High Medium Low Quiet MSZ-GE06NA-8 Cooling dB(A) 43 37 30 22 19 Heating dB(A) 43 37 30 22 19 MSZ-GE09NA-8 Cooling dB(A) 43 37 30 22 19 Heating dB(A) 43 37 30 22 19 MSZ-GE12NA-8 Cooling dB(A) 45 37 30 22 19 Heating dB(A) 43 37 30 22 19 MSZ-GE15NA-8 Cooling dB(A) 49 44 38 32 26 Heating dB(A) 46 40 35 30 26 MSZ-GE18NA-8 Cooling dB(A) 49 44 38 33 28 Heating dB(A) 49 43 38 33 28 Model / Speed Powerful High Medium Low MSZ-GE24NA Cooling dB(A) 53 49 41 34 Heating dB(A) 52 49 41 32 d. Filter: 1. Return air shall be filtered by means of an easily removed, washable, Catechin, Antioxidant Pre-filter and a separate Anti- allergy blue enzyme filter – blue bellows type. e. Coil: 1. The indoor unit coil shall be of nonferrous construction with smooth plate fins on copper tubing. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 48 2. The refrigerant tubing shall have inner groves for high efficiency heat exchange. 3. All tube joints shall be brazed with PhosCopper or silver alloy. 4. The coils shall be pressure tested at the factory. 5. A sloped, corrosion resistant condensate pan with drain shall be provided under the coil. 6. An optional drain pan level switch (DPLS1), designed to connect to the control board, shall be provided if required, and installed on the condensate pan to prevent condensate from overflowing. f. Electrical: 1. The indoor unit electrical power shall be 208 / 230 volts, 1- phase, 60 hertz. 2. The system shall be equipped with A-Control – a system allowing each indoor unit to be powered and controlled directly from the outdoor unit using a 14 gauge (AWG) 3-wire connection plus ground providing both primary power and integrated, by-directional, digital control signal without additional connections. 3. The indoor units shall not have any supplemental or “back-up” electrical heating elements. g. Control: 1. The unit shall have a wireless controller to perform input functions necessary to operate the system. 2. The wireless controller shall have a Power On/Off switch, Mode Selector – Cool, Dry, Heat, Auto Modes - Temperature Setting, Timer Control, Fan Speed Select and Auto Vane selector. 3. The indoor unit shall perform Self-diagnostic Function and Check Mode switching. 4. Temperature changes shall be by 1ºF increments with a range of 61 - 88ºF. 5. The microprocessor located in the indoor unit shall have the capability of sensing return air temperature and indoor coil temperature, receiving and processing commands from the wireless or a wired controller, providing emergency operation and controlling the outdoor unit. 6. The system shall be capable of automatically restarting and operating at the previously selected conditions when the power is restored after power interruption. 7. Control system shall control the continued operation of the air sweep louvers, as well as provide On/Off, System/Mode function. 8. The indoor unit shall have a wired wall mounted remote controller to be ordered separately. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 49 a. Wired Remote Controller (PAR-21MAA) The Wired Remote Controller PAR-21MAA shall require a MAC-397IF-E MA Series Terminal Interface for communications. Interface will be mounted at the indoor unit. A two (2) conductor, stranded, 22 AWG twisted pair, jacketed, cable shall connect the MAC-397IF-E to the PAR-21MAA wall controller. Connection shall not be polarity sensitive and controller wire shall not exceed thirty-three (33) feet (10m) length. The wired remote controller shall be approximately 5” x 5” in size and white in color with a light-green LCD display. The PAR-21MAA shall support a selection from multiple languages (Spanish, German, Japanese, Chinese, English, Russian, Italian, or French) for display information. There shall be a built-in weekly timer with up to 8 pattern settings per day. The controller shall consist of an On/Off button, Increase/Decrease Set Temperature buttons, a Cool/Auto/Fan/Dry mode selector, a Timer Menu button, a Timer On/Off button, Set Time buttons, a Fan Speed selector, a Ventilation button, a Test Run button, and a Check Mode button. The controller shall have a built-in temperature sensor. Temperature shall be displayed in either Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C), and Temperature changes shall be by increments of 1°F (0.5°C). The PAR-21MAA shall have the capability of controlling up to a maximum of 16 systems, as a group with the same mode and set-point for all, at a maximum developed control cable distance of 1,500 feet (500 meters). The basic functions are: Wired Remote Controller (PAR-21MAA) Item Description Number of Units Controllable 16 units as 1 group ON/OFF Run and stop operation Operation Mode Switches between Cool/Dry/Auto/Fan/Heat. Temperature Setting (Range and modes depend on connected unit model) Sets the setpoint temperature in the following range Cool/Dry: 67°F-87°F Heat: 63°F-83°F Auto: 67°F-83°F Fan Speed Setting (Range and modes depend on connected unit model) Hi/Mid-2/Mid-1/Low/Auto Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 50 Wired Remote Controller (PAR-21MAA) Item Description Air Flow Direction Setting (Air flow direction settings depend on the unit model) Air flow direction angles 100%-80%-60%-40%, Swing. Weekly Scheduler ON/OFF/Temperature setting can be done up to 8 times one day in the week. The time can be set by the 1-minute interval. Operating Conditions Display Setpoint and room temperature. Sensing can be done at the remote controller or the indoor unit depending on the indoor unit dipswitch setting Liquid, discharge, indoor and outdoor pipe temperatures LEV opening pulses, sub cooling and discharge super heat Compressor Operating Conditions: Running current, frequency, input voltage, On/Off status and operating time Error When an error is currently occurring on an air conditioner unit, the afflicted unit and the error code are displayed Ventilation Equipment Up to 16 indoor units can be connected to an interlocked system that has one LOSSNAY unit. LOSSNAY items that can be set are “Hi”, “Low”, and “Stop”. Ventilation mode switching is not available. Auto Lock Out Function Setting/releasing of simplified locking for remote control buttons can be performed.  Locking of all buttons  Locking of all buttons except ON/OFF button 9. The indoor units shall be capable of working with single-zone or multi-zone outdoor units PART 3- INSTALLATION 3.1 CLEANING AIR SYSTEMS A. No air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or otherwise without filters in place and approval of the Owner and Architect. B. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling units and plenums shall be vacuum clean to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc. before the units are turned on, and clean filters shall be installed. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 51 3.2 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING A. Drilling of all holes 4" diameter and smaller required for the installation of heating and ventilating piping and equipment shall be performed by the HVAC Subcontractor. Cutting and patching of holes larger than 4” dia. shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for chases openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Subcontractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Subcontractor, who shall make the corrections as his own expense. B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor. C. As the work nears completion, all pipe cutting and threading, etc. shall be done in a location approved by the Consulting Engineer. D. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should use of such an area be necessary, the HVAC Subcontractor shall cover the working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made with offsets or expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with sharp dies, reamed and burrs removed. B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings. Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers as required for draining and venting. C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings. D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other trades. E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 52 replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system from equipment, shall be as specified. F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out piping with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips, scale, flush, and drain until all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other sections for additional requirements. G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system. 3.4 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be hydrauli- cally tested as specified herein. The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide all equipment required to make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a section at a time in order to facilitate the construction. B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and bring the section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be conducted before any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to these tests shall be removed. Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently calibrated with a dead weight tester. C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure, which at every point in the system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90% of specified minimum yield strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping. D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Consulting Engineer shall be notified, and the test shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence. F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be removed during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to control valves. G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting, joint, or section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein before. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 53 3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any and all other material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all strainers. B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other foreign matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on the project shall have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings fully protected. Before erection, each piece of pipe, fitting, or valve shall be visually examined and all dirt removed. C. After system is complete, the Heating & Ventilating Subcontractor shall add trisodium phosphate in an aqueous solution to the system at the proportion of one pound per fifty gallons of water in the system. After the system is filled with this solution, the system shall be brought up to temperature and allowed to circulate for two hours. The system shall then be drained completely and refilled with fresh water. The Consulting Engineer shall be given notice of this cleaning operation and he or his representative shall be present to observe the cleaning operation, and, if he deems it necessary, the cleaning operation shall be repeated. D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall be tested by litmus paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the slightly alkaline side (ph = 7.5 plus or minus). If the system is found to be still on the acid side, the cleaning by the use of trisodium phosphate shall be repeated. E. The HVAC Subcontractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any time "stop-leak" compounds to the system. 3.6 AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS A. Introduction 1. The final adjustments and balancing of the air systems, and the temperature control system, shall be performed by an independent balancing contractor under the supervision of the Architect/Engineer. The Balancing Contractor shall be TABB and NEBB certified. All labor and instruments necessary to complete this work shall be provided by the balancing contractor. The temperature control manufacturer shall provide labor and technical assistance as required by the balancing contractor. 2. Prior to this final adjusting and balancing, the Subcontractor shall have thoroughly checked and tested all parts of the system for complete and proper lubrication of all parts and equipment, proper direction of rotating for equipment, control all piping, and otherwise see that all systems are mechanically and electrically complete. 3. Immediately following the completion of the adjusting and balancing of the systems, final readings shall be taken and recorded of all electrical loads for motors and heating equipment, final CFM’s for all systems, fan speeds, fan Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 54 system total CFM’s operating static pressures at various points in the system. After all data is recorded, a final functional test of all systems will be performed to verify their operation and demonstrate to the owner the performance and operating procedures for the systems. 4. All testing and balancing measurements, adjustments and final settings shall be submitted in a report to the engineer for final approval. B. Air Balance Procedure: 1. General Instructions: The supply and return air fans should be air balanced with allowances in the fan speeds for dirty filters, damper sequencing, and building pressurization. The Temperature Control subcontractor and the Mechanical subcontractor shall work together during the entire balancing procedure. 2. Balancing Procedures: Start supply and return air fans. Set system to minimum outside air and if face and bypass dampers are installed, set to bypass condition. Check fan drive for rotation and slippage. Measure actual amperes and calculate brake horsepower using the following formula. Measured Amps x Nameplate H.P. BHP = Nameplate Rated amps. a. The Brake Horsepower must not exceed the Nameplate Rating. b. Stabilizing the Supply and Return Air Fans: Measure the suction pressure at a point between the outside air dampers in their minimum outside air position and the exhaust dampers closed. All balancing dampers in the supply and return air systems must be in their maximum open position. This suction pressure should be approximately - .4 inches to .5 inches WG. If it is much higher, look for leaks. Sequence the outside air, return air, and exhaust air dampers from minimum to maximum outside air and then back to minimum. This suction pressure must be negative to atmosphere and remain fairly constant during this cycle. With at least 20 degrees F. temperature differential between outside and return air temperatures, calculate the design mixed air temperature. c. Take several readings of the mixed air temperature in several different places in the fan discharge plenum. These readings must be taken without preheat or pre-cooling. If the average mixed air temperature is higher than design, slow down the return air fan to attain design temperature. If the average mixed air temperature is lower than design, check for excessive leakage through the maximum fresh air dampers, the face dampers, and the mixing plenum; then, speed up the return air fan. (The brake horsepower must not exceed the nameplate.). d. Preliminary Balancing: With all supply and return air balancing dampers in their maximum open position, take neck velocity, tip velocity, or any other approved method of measuring air flow through all supply diffusers and/or grilles on this fan system and record these air flows. Select the diffusers and/or grilles with the lowest percent of design flow on each of the main branch ducts and adjust the balancing dampers in each of Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 55 the branch ducts to attain the same percent of design flow through the lowest percent diffusers. Now adjust all diffuser balancing dampers to attain the average percent of design flow of all diffusers on this fan system. The balancing dampers in the most critical or lowest percent of design flow diffusers must be in their maximum open position. e. If the average percent of design flow is less than design, speed up both supply and return air fans and repeat step. f. If the average percent of design flow is above fan design, slow down both supply and return air fans and repeat step. g. Start all exhaust fans and calculate brake horsepower for each. C. Function Checking of the Systems: 1. Any equipment, filter, etc. used for temporary heating must be delivered after use in clean condition. 2. Allow all fan and exhaust systems to operate until they and their controls have been thoroughly checked, tested, and where necessary, readjusted, calibrated, and rebalanced. 3. Record the following readings on each supply and/or exhaust system. a. Nameplate amperes. b. Actual amperes. c. Nameplate horsepower. d. Calculate BHP as previously described. e. Inlet static pressure as previously described. f. Fan RPM D. Building Pressurization: 1. With all systems operating on minimum outside air and with final adjustments made on each system, close all outside doors and windows and measure and record the building pressure as compared to atmosphere on each floor and/or air in the building. On a calm day, the building pressure should average from 0.02 in. WG to 0.05 in. WG higher than atmosphere when all systems are on minimum outside fair. 2 In the event the building pressure is lower than design, recheck the suction pressure between the outside air and return air dampers and the filters. This pressure must be negative to atmosphere as outlined in Article 4. Negative building pressure indicates whether the minimum outside air quantities are low and/or the exhaust fans are running higher than design. 3. In the event the building pressure is higher than design, make sure that all exhaust fans are running and recheck the suction pressure between the outside air and return air dampers and the filters. This pressure must be negative to atmosphere as outlined in Article 4. A higher than design-building pressure indicates either the minimum outside air quantities are high and/or the exhaust Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 56 and return air quantities are low. 4. Select the area with the lowest pressure as referenced to atmosphere and partially close down the main return air dampers until the space attains a pressure slightly higher than the average of all floors or areas. Proceed to the next lowest pressure area, etc. Those areas with the highest pressure should have their main return air dampers in their maximum open position. 5. Record all final high and low velocity readings with all supply, return, and exhaust fans running and maintaining a constant positive building pressure. 6. Record all final fan speeds, amperes, and pressure drops, etc. for each fan and its related equipment. 7. Install, calibrate, and lock all thermostats to maintain a 74º F. space temperature. Thermostat calibration and sensitivity should cause heating elements to be in their maximum position when space temperature is 3º F. below the stat setting and fully closed a ½ degree F. below the stat setting. Keep records of complaints and any area not able to maintain temperature within plus or minus 1-degree F. of the stat setting so that the following troubleshooting procedure may be applied. a. Recheck the thermostat for calibration and setting. b. Check the grille or diffuser inlet temperature. c. Check the control operation for full flow and positive closure. 8. If a problem exists after all previous steps have been properly executed and everything to agree with the design specifications, notify the Architect-Engineer. Any deviations from the design specifications must be made with the architect- Engineer’s approval. E. Air Balancing Procedure for Exhaust Fans: 1. General Instructions: All design air quantities in general are maximum air volumes and should not be exceeded. Air measurements through exhaust air grilles should not be made until all supply fans have been air and temperature balanced. Air exhaust fan exhaust dampers must be mechanically operated from the full closure to the full open position before starting the exhaust fan. 2. All main balancing dampers and exhaust air grille dampers must be in their maximum open position before starting fan. 3. Balancing Procedures: Start exhaust fan. Check fan drive for rotation and slippage. Measure actual amperes and calculate brake horsepower using the following formula: Measured Amps x Nameplate HP BHP = Nameplate Rated Amps a. The Brake Horsepower Must Not Exceed the Nameplate Rating. b. Preliminary Air Balance: With all main return air dampers in their maximum open position and all exhaust air grille dampers wide open, measure either air flow or pressure drop through each of the grilles on a system. Adjust the main balancing dampers in each branch to equalize Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 57 or proportion the airflow through each branch. Record the airflow or pressure drop through each grille after the air flow through each branch has been proportioned. Now balance each grille to the average percent of design flow. Those grilles with the lowest percent of design flow must have their balancing dampers in their maximum open position. 4. Follow steps as outlined in Article 5, paragraph b through d for the supply air systems. F. Return to site for repeat testing in presence of the commissioning authority. G. Defective Work: If inspection or tests indicate defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced or repaired as necessary and inspection an tests repeated. Repairs to piping shall be made with new material. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. 3.7 INSULATION A. All pipe and duct insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering. C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves and have an 18-gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket. D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting. The one piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering. 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the HVAC Subcontractor and be included in his bid. B. Provide factory startup and commissioning of the systems and equipment where called for. C. Perform pre-functional tests and provide check list documentation of tests as required by Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 58 the commissioning authority. 3.9 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the building, and it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and performing satisfactorily and that all units are heating and ventilating satisfactorily. The systems shall be checked for vibration and excessive noise and all such conditions corrected. B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean-up. C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. All piping, valves, controls and equipment on the project shall be identified as specified herein. All marks of identification shall be easily visible from the floor or usual point of vision. B. All piping shall be identified as to the service of the pipe and the normal direction of flow. The letters shall be 1" high and the flow arrows shall be at least 6" long. The letters and flow arrows shall be made by precut stencils and black oil base paint with aerosol can or snap-on, pre-printed plastic labels. Install identification in each room and, additionally, so that markers are not over 50 feet on center. C. Each valve, except runout valves, but including control valves, shall be tagged with a brass disc 1-1/2" in diameter. The disc shall contain a number, and a valve list shall be provided under glass in the Boiler Room showing the location of the valve, the service and the valve and any pertinent remarks regarding the operation of the valve. Securely fasten the discs to the valves with brass "S" hooks or chains. D. All panel mounted controls and instruments, and all equipment shall be identified by engraved nameplates mounted just under the control or instrument. The engraved nameplates shall be engraved on "Lamacoid", or approved equal plastic, which will be black and show white letters when engraved. Letters shall be 1/2" high. E. No identification shall be done until all painting required under the Architectural section of these Specifications has been accomplished. 3.11 SPARE PARTS Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 59 A. Filters: Each air handling unit and air conditioning unit (ACU) shall be provided with three (3) extra sets of filters for each unit. One (1) set shall be installed by this Contractor after substantial completion is issued and the two (2) remaining sets shall be delivered to the Owner. B. Fan Belts: This Contractor shall provide one (1) spare fan belt for fan installed. C. Furnish a typewritten certificate confirming the above and stating the Owner designated location to which the spare parts have been delivered. Delivery of parts shall be confirmed by the Owner's representative, who shall countersign the Certificate. 3.12 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes. E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA HVAC 230000 - 60 3.13 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Install smoke dampers in duct penetrations of all smoke barriers, in duct penetrations of smoke partitions where smoke can readily pass from one space to another (i.e., transfers), and in the main supply and return ducts of all air handling equipment 15,000 cfm and over, and in all elevator shaft vents. Install smoke dampers according to manufacturer’s UL approved written instructions. B. Coordinate damper operation, features, accessories, power and control with fire alarm and HVAC control systems. C. Smoke barrier, smoke partition, air handling equipment shall: 1. Have damper position end switches interfaced with ATC system to indicate damper position status to HVAC control system and to provide necessary control functions and interlocks. Alarm when damper fails under normal conditions and when closed under fire alarm condition. 2. Close through a hardwire interlock upon signal from the fire alarm system and/or when associated air system fan is off by automatic or manual means. D. Elevator shaft vents shall: 2. Open through hardwire interlock upon signal from fire alarm system. E. Install duct access panels to allow access and inspection of smoke/fire damper, including fusible link replacement. F. Test and verify operation of all dampers, according to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 2 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................ 2 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS ............................................................................ 2 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................. 4 1.6 PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................... 4 1.7 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................ 4 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS ....................................................................................... 5 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS ......................................................................................................... 5 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................. 5 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ................................................................................... 5 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .............................................................................................. 6 1.13 PROTECTION ............................................................................................................................ 6 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING ........................................................................................................ 6 1.15 WORK CONCEALED .................................................................................................................. 6 1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................... 7 1.17 GUARANTEE ............................................................................................................................. 7 1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................ 8 1.19 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES .................................................................................................. 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................. 9 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS .................................................................................................................. 9 2.2 VALVES..................................................................................................................................... 9 2.3 HANGERS ............................................................................................................................... 10 2.4 TRAPS..................................................................................................................................... 11 2.5 CLEANOUTS/ACCESS PANELS ............................................................................................. 11 2.6 INSULATION ........................................................................................................................... 11 2.7 THERMOMETERS................................................................................................................... 12 2.8 PRESSURE GAUGES ............................................................................................................. 12 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS ............................................................................................. 12 2.10 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS ................................................................ 12 2.11 DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS (WH-1) ........................................................................... 13 2.12 PARLOR GAS WALL HEATER (GWH-1) .................................................................................. 13 2.13 WATER METER ....................................................................................................................... 13 2.14 GAS SERVICE......................................................................................................................... 14 2.15 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ..................................................................................................... 14 2.16 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL ..................................................................................... 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION .......................................................................................................................... 26 3.1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING .............................................................................. 27 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................... 27 3.3 WATER PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS ....................................................................... 27 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING ..................................................................................................... 28 3.5 INSULATION ........................................................................................................................... 28 3.6 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS ............................................................................................ 28 3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTS ...................................................................................................... 28 3.8 TESTING ................................................................................................................................. 29 3.9 CLEANING UP......................................................................................................................... 30 3.10 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ................................................................................................... 31 3.11 DISINFECTION......................................................................................................................... 31 3.12 ACCESS PANELS .................................................................................................................... 31 3.13 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ..................................................................................................... 31 3.14 ISOLATION VALVES ................................................................................................................ 31 3.15 FIRE SAFING ........................................................................................................................... 32 Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 2 SECTION 22 00 00 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all plumbing work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. New sanitary, waste and vent systems piping inside the building and to10'-0” outside of the foundation wall, or as specifically called out on the Drawings. Fur- nish piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts, fixtures, drains, supports, and roof terminals. 2. New hot and cold water distribution and water heaters. Furnish piping, fittings, insulation, supports, valves, as well as tankless gas fired water heaters. 3. Provide and install pressure reducing valves at domestic water service entrance and one master water meter. Coordinate with Town of Northampton. 4. Provide backflow preventers (point-of-use types) where shown on Drawings, specified, or required. 5. Natural Gas piping systems per Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, including connections to new gas service, tankless water heaters and parlor heaters. 6. Plumbing fixtures and supports. 7. Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing. 8. All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring water, gas, drain, and waste connections. 9. Furnish access panels. 10. Guarantee and instructions. B. Refer to appropriate Division - 2 Sections for trenching and backfill required in conjunction with plumbing piping; not work of this Section. 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas and Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 3 Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Plumbing Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Plumbing Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Plumbing Contractor shall co-ordinate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Plumbing Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Plumbing Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. G. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 4 injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I. The Plumbing Contractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, “or equal” appear in the product specification, and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard require- ments, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Plumbing Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 5 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Section 01500. 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: The Plumbing subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. The Plumbing Contractor shall take delivery of all pre-purchased plumbing fixtures and equipment, and shall be responsible for the proper handling, storage, and protection of these materials from that point on. Any damage or loss of these materials after delivery shall be the responsibility of this Contractor. B. Storage and Handling: The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 6 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the Plumbing Contractor. 1.13 PROTECTION A. The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4” in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4” in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Plumbing Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.15 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, hangers and supports shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 7 B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade, unless specifically so shown on the Drawings. When pipes are indicated to be installed in exterior walls, the Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that wall and pipe insulation is properly installed to protect them from freezing. 1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Subcontractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver two (2) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, “Operation and Maintenance Manual”, the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1. Description of systems. 2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. 3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment. 4. Lubrication chart. 5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 6. Valve chart. 7. List of recommended spare parts. 8. Copies of all service contracts. 9. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. 1.17 GUARANTEE A. The Plumbing Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 8 1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Project Closeout. B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the contract Drawings whether by Change Order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work and for piping installation. Valve numbers shall be added as soon as established. 1.19 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall cooperate with the other sub trades in preparing a complete set of co-ordination drawings. B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches, at a suitable scale, not less than ¼”=1’, clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. C. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first co-ordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes by the other trades. D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract, Architectural, or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details. G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. All soil, waste and vent piping for the dwelling units shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings are permitted where the waste temperature is below 60C (140F). PVC piping and fittings shall NOT be used for the following applications: 1. Spaces such as mechanical equipment rooms. 2. Exposed in mechanical equipment rooms. 3. Exposed inside of ceiling return plenums. B. Polyvinyl chloride sanitary waste, drain, and vent pipe and fittings shall be schedule 40 solid core sewer piping conforming to ASTM D 1785 and ASTM D2665, sewer and drain series with ends for solvent cemented joints. C. Fittings: PVC fittings shall be solvent welded socket type using solvent cement conforming to ASTM D2564. Minimum size below slab shall be 2”. D. All soil, waste and vent piping in which PVC is not acceptable it shall be as follows: Hubless Cast Iron pipe and fittings shall conform to CISPI Standard 301. All pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute and listed by NSF International. Hubless Couplings shall conform to CISPI Standard 310 for standard couplings and be certified by NSF International or ASTM C-1540 for heavy duty couplings where indicated. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM C-564. No hub pipe and fittings manufacturers: Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co., Tyler Pipe, AB&I Foundry. Hubless coupling manufacturers: Tyler Coupling, Mission Rubber Co, Anaco, Ideal. E. All buried soil, waste, and vent, lines where PVC is not acceptable shall be Hub and Spigot Cast Iron pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM A-74. All pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute and be listed by NSF International. Pipe and fittings to be Service (SV) or Extra Heavy (XH). Joints will be made using a “Charlotte Seal” compression gasket manufactured from an elastomer meeting the requirements of ASTM C-564. Minimum size below ground shall be 2”. Hub and spigot pipe and fittings Manufacturers: Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co., Tyler Pipe, AB&I Foundry. F. Minimum vent terminal through the roof shall be 4”. Vent flashing at the roof shall be by Roofing Contractor. G. All hot and cold water piping shall be hard copper Type “L” seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings. All solders used shall be lead free, cadmium free, “Silberbrite-100”, or equal, complying with the latest issue of ANSI A-5.8 publications. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated. 2.2 VALVES A. On water lines inside the building, ball valves shall be as manufactured by Watts Series B6001. Valves shall be provided with stainless steel ball, reinforced teflon seats and seals, bronze body, 400 psi wog, positive 100% shut-off. All valves to be furnished with valve handle extension sized to match pipe insulation thickness. B. Drain valves at all low points shall be ½” or ¾” solder by ¾” hose end with attached cap Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 10 and chain. C. Gate Valves: 1. Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves 4” and larger, shall be Class 125 iron body bronze mounted with body and bonnet conforming to 200 psi wog non-shock cast iron, flanged ends, with Teflon packing, two-piece packing gland assembly, Hammond Figure 1R1138, Stockman. 2. Valves 3” and smaller where indicated on the Drawings shall be Class 125. Body and bonnets shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, solid disc, copper silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end, Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond 1R1138. 3. Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond, or American Valve. D. Check Valves 1. Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the Drawings. Checks up to 2” shall be Class 125. Solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc, Stockham Figure B-309. 2. Check valves 2 ½” and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, flanged, swing type disc, Stockham Figure G-931. 3. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Jenkins, or Lunkenheimer. E. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A – ¾” G. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or IB-440. 2.3 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, or Fee & Mason. B. For hot and cold water piping - Grinnell Company's figure No. CT-99 heavily copper plated at 6 ft. intervals for copper tubing 1 ¼” or less, 10 ft. intervals for piping 1 ½” and larger. Provision shall be made to allow for expansion and contraction of all piping. C. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1 ft. of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over 5 ft. in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12” from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. D. All vertical piping shall be supported at each story height, with a support at the base of vertical cast iron pipe. E. Perforated strap iron hanger or Milford type copper plated steel hangers are not acceptable. F. Where piping is supported from ceiling beams, support parallel pipes from different beams. G. Support pipes sufficiently clear of all part of structure to allow for full thickness of insulation. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 11 H. Hangers to be adequate size to include insulation. Furnish and install galvanized steel insulation protection shields outside of insulation on pipe sizes 2" and larger to prevent crushing or indenting of insulation of hangers. H. Provide plastic coated steel hangers to support vent piping at 6 ft. intervals. 2.4 TRAPS A. Traps at fixtures shall be listed in the Fixture Schedule. Exposed traps shall be chrome plated. B. Traps shall be service weight cast-iron where buried in floors or serving floor drains. Where traps are not connected directly under the drain they serve in the floor, they shall be fitted with top cleanouts and extensions to the floor with access covers and plates. C. Furnish and install traps as required for all items of equipment furnished under other Sections of these Specifications, and/or the Owner. 2.5 CLEANOUTS/ACCESS PANELS A. Where cleanouts occur in finished floors throughout the building, they shall be Zurn ZN-1405-2, nickel-bronze for concrete finish floor; Zurn ZN-1405-7 nickel-bronze recessed for resilient floors; Zurn ZN-1405-7 for ceramic tile floors; ZN-1405-14 for carpeted floors; by J. R. Smith or Wade. B. Wall cleanouts shall be brass, recessed head plugs with Zurn ZN-1440-1 access frame and cover. C. Access covers shall be flush with finished floors and walls. Where floor cleanouts occur above finish floors above grade, they shall be provided with flange, clamping collar and 24” x 24”, 16 oz. copper flashing. Copper flashing shall be furnished and installed by the Plumbing Subcontractor. D. Provide access panels for all concealed inaccessible valves, balancing fittings, cleanouts, shock absorbers, and trap primers in masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard ceilings. Access panels shall be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plaster shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12” x 12” min.); in walls shall be Karp Type DSC-214M “Universal” (12” x 12”). For drywall ceilings shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12” x 12” min.). E. Cleanouts shall be Zurn Industries, Inc., Wade Division, Josam Mfg. Co., Jay R. Smith Co. F. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc., Inryco, Inc., Milcor Division, Birmingham Ornamental Iron. 2.6 INSULATION A. All water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex closed cell pipe insulation with self- Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 12 sealing lap, 1” thick for hot water, and return hot water ½” thick for cold water. Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type. B. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered cut insulation applied over fittings with joints taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces to form a vapor barrier. C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade. D. Install a twelve (12”) inch length of wood blocking at each hanger; insulation shall run continuous through the hanger. Jacket shall match adjacent insulation jacket. 2.7 THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice, or Weiss, equal to Trerice 80700 with aluminum case, industrial glass, dial type, 4-1/2" diameter, 2oF subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response, but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator's position. B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following: 1. Hot water: 30 degrees F – 180 degrees F. 2. Cold water: 0 degrees F- 100 degrees F. C. Provide at inlet and outlet of tankless water heaters. 2.8 PRESSURE GAUGES A. 4 ½” dial, double spring with soft copper tubing loop and petcock. Operating range shall be in the center of the scale. To be U.S. Gage Co., March, or Trience Corp. B. Provide at all water entrances, before and after pressure reducing valves. 2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. SC-Series type shock absorbers, sizes as shown on Drawings, or as required. 2.10 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS A. General Requirements: Reference made herein to numbers of plumbing fixtures to establish type and quality of materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose key pattern stops for supplies shall be furnished and installed with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and connected to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons shall be chromium plated or nickel plated brass with polished, bright Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 13 surfaces. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish all supports, brackets, bolts, etc. for proper installation of all fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and, if necessary, shall be built into place as the building progresses. This Contractor shall be held responsible for the stability and proper support of all plumbing fixtures. C. Refer to plumbing fixture schedule on Drawings for fixture type, make, and model numbers. 2.11 DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS (WH-1) A. Furnish and install water heaters as indicated on the Drawings and Water Heater Schedule. B. Dwelling Units Tankless Water Heater: a. Navien condensing tankless gas water heater, Model NPE-180A. Certified design according to ANSI Z21.10.3 / CSA 4.3 standards for indoor installation. Gas input range 150,000 to 15,000 btuh. Dual primary and secondary stainless steel heat exchangers for optimum efficiency and durability. Built-in control panel that allows for adjustment of temperature settings and displays the operating status and error codes. Included with a built-in .0.5 gallon buffer tank and recirculation pump. Compatible with 3” PVC vent up to 100’, without elbows. b. Provide condensate neutralizer model no. UA1300001A. c. Provide 3” vent termination caps and wall flanges, Model BH2535006A. 2.12 PARLOR GAS WALL HEATER (GWH-1) A. Direct vent wall furnace, Rinnai Model EX22C (RHFE-559FTA-A-N. Gas rate input of 8,200 low and 21,500 high and an output rate of 6,560 low and 17,200 high. Unit restarts automatically when ignition or combustion fails, there are two timer settings that start and turns off the heater, gas flow is provided with precise gas flow by operating from one to seven stages, quiet operation. B. Venting shall be concentric thru wall. Unit comes standard with A vent kit, for angled units additional extension parts shall be provided as required. 2.13 WATER METER A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install (1) water meter with remote meter readouts, Neptune, Model TM – size 1 ½” where shown on the drawings. Meter to be complete with dry contacts for interlock with energy management system. B. Meters to read in cubic feet and shall be Neptune, Hersey Products, Inc., Badger Meter Company, Trident Meter and are to be approved by the local water department prior to purchasing and installing. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 14 2.14 GAS SERVICE A. Apply for, and pay all fees and charges in connection with, and co-ordinate the installation of the new natural gas service. There will be (6) six gas meters, one for each unit. B. All labor and materials required for a complete installation which are not furnished by the utility company shall be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor at no extra cost to the Owner. C. The natural gas service will be furnished by Columbia Gas Company. 2.15 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Furnish and install the following backflow preventers, as manufactured by Watts Regulator. B. This Subcontractor shall provide a spare parts repair kit for each 909 reduced pressure backflow preventer, to consist of a repair kit for the first check, second check, and relief valve. C. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the Massachusetts State Plumbing Examiners and shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and in accordance with Regulation 310CMR 22.22. D. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co., Febco, Division of CMB, Ind., Hersey Products, Inc. E. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall file and prepare all applications for backflow preventer approval with the Department of Environmental Protection, and pay all fees and charges. F. All certificates of approval and test results shall be sent to the Architect. 2.16 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL A. Intent: 1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in the Specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators and with flexible connections to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. All fire protection vibration and seismic control shall meet NFPA requirements. 2. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 3. It is the intent of the seismic portion of Specification to keep all mechanical building system components in place during a seismic event. 4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer’s and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 15 5. This Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements). 6. Any variance or non-compliance with these Specification requirements shall be corrected by the Contractor in an approved manner. 7. Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment. 2. Equipment isolation bases. 3. Flexible piping connections. 4. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment. 5. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 6. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 7. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. 8. All mechanical systems. Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical. (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification). Air Separators Battery Racks Compressors Comp. Room Units Conduit Electrical Panels Piping Pumps (All types) Tanks (All types) C. Definitions: 1. Life Safety Systems a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke systems. b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. c. All medical and life support systems d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2. Positive Attachment: a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 16 or bolted connection to structure. Single sided “C” type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. 3. Transverse Bracing: a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. 4. Longitudinal Bracing: a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. D. Manufacturer’s Data: 1. The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows: a. Descriptive Data: (1) Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. (2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings. b. Shop Drawings: (1) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. (2) Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment. (3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturer’s submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points. (4) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. c. Seismic Certification and Analysis: (1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. (2) All restraining devices shall have a preapproval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Preapprovals based on independent testing are preferred to preapprovals based on Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 17 calculations. Where preapproved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 to the weakest mode. (3) Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level. E. Code and Standards Requirements: 1. Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or enforced code: a. Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA National Mechanical Code. c. NFPA 90A. F. Manufacturer’s Responsibility: 1. Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities: a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations. b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. c. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of unisolated equipment. d. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. G. Related Work: 1. Housekeeping Pads: a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepares by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings. b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 18 2. Supplementary Support Steel: a. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3. Attachments: a. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor’s calculations. H. Seismic Force Levels 1. The following force levels will be used on this project. Minimum “G” Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. Building Code “G” Force for all pipes, Duct & Conduit “G” Force for Rigidity Mounted Equipment “G” Force for Flexibility Mounted Equipment “G” Force For Life Safety Equipment Either Rigidity or Flexibility Mounted Zone UBC Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * Horiz. Vert. * * BOCA SBCCI .25 .08 0.4 0.15 0.1 0.15 0.6 0.2 I. Product Intent: 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry’s products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in. J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints: 1. Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be Type Super “W” as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2 Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 19 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7. Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 20 three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3) leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8 in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1.2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall be SLR- MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing the 30 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 21 rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose performed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R”Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 in. shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable t allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Preapproval “R” Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubber shall be Type Z- 1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17. All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing Specifications. Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of nor less than 1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8 in. deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable “G” force. Submittals shall include the load deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage preapproval “R”Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is “rolled up” to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder, which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud edge anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be Type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 20. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge of elbows. Bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6 in. The base depth need not exceed 12 in. unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 22 reinforcing consisting of 1/2 in. bars welded in place on 6 in. centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 in. above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolt sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 in. clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable. Base shall be Type BMK o K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 21. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4 in. thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall have provision for 2 in. of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage preapproval “R” from OSHPD in the State of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Curb shall be Type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22. Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 190 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 250 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 190 F and 135 psi at 250 F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above Specifications may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods, as control rods are not desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the thrust at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area. Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 23 SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 23. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1-1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1/4 x 12 Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All-directional anchors shall be Type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of  1-5/8 in. motion, or to meet location requirements. Pipe guides shall be Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Split Wall Seals consists of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4 in. thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 in. past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240 dig. F., 10 lb. density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27. The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit. Horizontal thrust restraints shall be Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. K. Execution - General: Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 24 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written instruction and all certified submittal data. 2. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment. 3. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. 4. The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. “Building” includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls. 5. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. 6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor’s expense. 7. Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the Specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor’s expense. 8. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations, which are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the Contractor’s expense. 9. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: a. Flanges of structural beams. b. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. c. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. 10. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. 11. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. 12. At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. 13. At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. 14. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification type 18, and Specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. 15. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. 16. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities. 17. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 25 18. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement, which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal thrust restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection guide). 19. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. L. Vibration Isolation of Piping: 1. Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in Specification 11. Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations. Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps Specification 14. Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in Specification 10. Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in Specification 6. Heat exchangers and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three- (3) isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment. If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0.75 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3 in., 1-1/2 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6 in., and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24 stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service. 2. Riser Isolation: Risers shall be suspended from Specification 10 hangers or supported by Specification 5 mountings, anchored with Specification 25 anchors, and guided with Specification 26 sliding guides. Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0.75 in. except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to  25% of the initial load. Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final changes and seismic loads. Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. M. Seismic Restraint of Piping: 1. Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use Specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and compressed air piping that is 1 in. I.D. or larger. b. Piping located in boiler rooms, mechanical equipment (fan) rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1-1/4 in. I.D. and larger. c. All other piping 2-1/2 in. diameter and larger. 2. Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40’ maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80’ maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 4. Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 26 as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. 5. For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20-ft. maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40-ft. maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within allowable limits at longer distances. 7. Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports. 8. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. 9. Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3.02.C.2 and 3. For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacing of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3.02.C2 and 3. N. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained as per the schedules in paragraph S of this Specification. O. Seismic Restraint Exclusions: 1. Piping: a. All piping less than 2-1/2 in. in diameter except those listed below. b. All gas piping and medical gas piping less than 1 in. I.D. c. All piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1-1/4 in. I.D. d. All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended from hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than the 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the clevis or trapeze. e. All PVC and fiberglass suspended waste or vent pipe 6 in. in diameter and smaller. P. Suspended Equipment: 1. Suspended equipment weighing less than 50 lbs. and supported with a minimum of 4 hanger rods. Q. Schedules: Vibration Isolation and / or Seismic Restraint Equipment Schedule Specification Static Deflection Pumps – Base Mounted 1, 4, 18, 23 Pumps – In-Line 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 27 3.1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING A. Installation: 1. Drainage and Vent Pipes: Horizontal soil and waste pipes shall have a minimum grade of ¼” per foot for piping 3” and less and 1/8” per foot for piping larger than 3”. Horizontal waste lines receiving the discharge from two or more fixtures shall be provided with end vents unless separate venting of fixtures is noted. 2. Fittings: Changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made with reducing fittings. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45o wyes, long or short sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, or by a combination of those or equivalent fittings. Single and double sanitary tees and 1/4 bends may be used in drainage lines only where the direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 3. Union Connections: Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the inlet side of the traps. Use of bushings will not be permitted. B. Joints: Installation of pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted. Threaded joints shall have American National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite compound, or with polytetra- fluorethylene tape applied to the male threads. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE A. Bedding for the pipe shall provide full and stable support, with recesses excavated for pipe bells. All pipe shall be laid to the specified line and grade, with a firm bearing throughout each length and with the bell ends uphill. B. Pipe Joints: The flexible water tight rubber gaskets shall be installed in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer. C. Plastic Pipe: Install plastic piping in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. At minimum, envelope all PVC pipe in 6” of screened gravel. Clear interior conduit of dirt and debris as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. D. Joint Adapters: Make joints between PVC pipe and other type of pipe with standard manufactured PVC adapters and fittings. E. Lay conduit beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. 3.3 WATER PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS A. Mains, Branches and Runoffs: Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be taken not to weaken structural portions of the building. Above ground piping shall be run parallel with Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 28 the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated. Branch pipes from service lines may be taken from top, bottom or side of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. Supply pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and other services to permit not less than 1/2" between finished covering on the different services. B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for expansion and contraction of pipe. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of plumbing shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. B. Cutting of openings larger than those that can be drilled will be performed by the General Contractor. C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, will be performed by the General Contractor. 3.5 INSULATION A. Insulation shall be applied by an independent Insulation Contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls. Covering shall be applied before masonry proceeds. C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed. 3.6 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and set all sleeves required. All water piping passing through masonry walls shall be provided with standard weight steel pipe, or Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves, inside diameter to be slightly larger than pipe passing through same. Center pipe in sleeve. B. Provide chromium plated escutcheons where un-insulated pipes pass through walls. 3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: Soil, waste, vent and water piping shall be tested by the Plumbing Contractor and approved before acceptance. Underground piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector, and shall be performed as required by the Plumbing Code. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 29 3.8 TESTING A. The Plumbing Contractor shall notify the Engineer three working days prior to day tests are to be made. Test all piping and make it gas and water tight, in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and ordinances, and in the presence and to the satisfaction of the applicable Inspector along with the Engineer and his representative. B. No piping shall be buried, concealed or insulated before tested and approved. Partial tests shall be made as required, by the progress of the work, and the Plumbing Contractor shall accommodate the testing operations to the progress of the project. Furnish all equipment, labor, services and apparatus; also pay for all costs for pertinent tests. All approvals shall be rendered in writing and submitted to the Engineer. Remedy all defective work and replace all defective materials, equipment or fixtures with new ones of the specified grade. No caulking, peening, or wicking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. This Contractor shall make and remove all temporary piping and line connections required for the tests and shall dispose of test water and all wastes after tests in a satisfactory and non-damaging manner. C. Provide written reports to engineer of each individual test procedure performed. Reports shall include the following minimum information: a. Project location information. b. Contractor’s name. c. Name of person test performed by. d. Name and company of person who observed test with contractor. e. Piping system. f. Section of system tested. g. Date of test. h. Method of test. i. Anticipated system working pressure. j. Gauge range and incrementation used. k. Start time of test. l. Start test pressure. m. End time of test. n. End test pressure. o. Observed loss in pressure. p. Notes on any observed leaks. D. Test gauges: a. Tests requiring a pressure less than 1 psi shall utilize a U-tube or digital manometer. b. Tests requiring a pressure of 1 psi to 10 psi or less shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 0.10 psi or less. c. Tests requiring a pressure of greater than 10 psi but less than or equal to 100 psi shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 1 psi or less. d. Tests requiring a pressure of greater than 100 psi shall utilize a testing gauge having increments of 2 psi or less. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 30 E. Piping Systems a. Test piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: b. Gravity Sanitary Waste And Vent: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10- foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. Multiple rough-in tests for segments of the piping system are allowable. 4. Finished Underground Plumbing Test Procedure: After all underground plumbing piping has been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug all pipe opening above slab and the below ground building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U- tube or manometer inserted in trap to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. F. Water Systems: a. Upon completion of a section of or the entire water supply system, the system, or portion completed, shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure not less than the working pressure of the system; or, for piping systems other than plastic, by an air test of not less than 50 psi. The water utilized for tests shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. b. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. c. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.9 CLEANING UP A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job, thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster, stickers, Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 31 rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every part in perfect condition and ready for use. 3.10 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and be included in his Bid. 3.11 DISINFECTION A. Flush out entire system. B. Introduce chlorine or solution of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite. Fill lines slowly and apply agent at rate which will produce 50 parts per million of chloride as determined by residual chlorine tests at end of lines. Open and close valves and hydrants while system is being chlorinated. C. After twenty-four (24) hours, test for residual chlorine. If more than 5 ppm are present, flush out system until all traces are removed. D. After disinfection, flush treated water from system through its extremities. Continue flushing until samples of water are satisfactory to local authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat flushing if samples taken daily over next three (3) days indicate that quality of water is not being maintained. Do not draw samples from hydrants and undisinfected hose. E. Submit test results to Owner. 3.12 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish access panels for access to valves, shock arrestors, trap primers, etc. Panels shall be installed by the General Contractor. 3.13 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Backflow preventers shall be installed as per regulation 310 CMR 22.22, with pressure gauges on inlet and outlet of backflow preventer. Furnish Watts TK-9 Model A test kit and one (1) repair kit for each type of device. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall act as the Owner's Agent in seeking approval from the Department of Environmental Protection. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall submit all Plans, Specifications and permits required for approval and pay all fees. Approvals shall be secured prior to purchase and installation. 3.14 ISOLATION VALVES A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install isolation valves on the entire domestic water distribution system, on mains, branches, and at each fixture. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA PLUMBING 220000 - 32 3.15 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4” minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At “poke-through” openings, apply “Firecode” seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes. E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. END OF SECTION Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 1 PART 1 – GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 INTENT .................................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................................. 2 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................... 2 1. 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ......................................................................................................................... 3 1.6 PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................................................ 4 1.7 SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................................................... 4 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS ................................................................................................. 4 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS .................................................................................................................... 4 1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER ..................................................................................................... 4 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................ 5 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING .......................................................................................................................... 5 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................ 5 1.14 WORK CONCEALED ............................................................................................................................. 5 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................. 6 1.16 GUARANTEE .......................................................................................................................................... 6 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................................... 6 1.18 ALTERNATES ......................................................................................................................................... 6 1.19 CUTTING AND PATCHING ................................................................................................................... 6 1.20 COORDINATION OF TRADES.............................................................................................................. 7 PART 2 - MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................................ 8 2.1 RACEWAYS ............................................................................................................................................ 8 2.2 WIREWAYS ............................................................................................................................................. 8 2.3 CONDUCTORS....................................................................................................................................... 8 2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES ....................................................................................................... 9 2.5 NAMEPLATES ........................................................................................................................................ 9 2.6 WIRING DEVICES .................................................................................................................................. 9 2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES .......................................................................................................................... 10 2.8 DISCONNECT SWITCHES .................................................................................................................. 10 2.9 PANELBOARDS ................................................................................................................................... 11 2.10 LOAD CENTERS .................................................................................................................................. 11 2.11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ...................................................................................................................... 12 2.12 PHOTOCELL ......................................................................................................................................... 17 2.13 ELECTRIC SERVICE ........................................................................................................................... 17 2.14 TELEPHONE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................ 18 2.15 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 18 2.16 MULTI-METER CENTER ..................................................................................................................... 18 PART 3 – INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................ 19 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 19 3.2 GROUNDING ........................................................................................................................................ 19 3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS ................................................................................................................... 20 3.4 FIRE SAFING ........................................................................................................................................ 20 3.5 LIGHTING FIXTURES .......................................................................................................................... 21 3.6 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES ..................................................................................................... 21 3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................. 22 Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 2 SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 INTENT A. The Subcontractor under this Section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances and equipment necessary for completion of the electrical system, in accordance with this Section of the Specifications and applicable Drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and/or indicated on the drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Electric, telephone, and cable TV services. 2. Multi-meter centers and meter sockets. 3. Feeders. 4. Panelboards and load centers. 5. Branch circuit wiring, conduit, and surface metal raceway. 6. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps. 7. Fire Alarm System. 8. Telephone system. 9. Cable television system. 10. Wiring Devices and Plates. 11. Disconnect switches. 12. Power Wiring to Motors and Equipment Furnished by Other Trades or Owner including Final Connections to Equipment. 13. Arrange for Inspections and Perform Tests. 14. Guarantee and Instructions. 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 3 A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Electrical Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Electrical Subcontractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Electrical Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Subcontractor. G. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means. H. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until substantial completion of the project by the Owner. I. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 4 A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.6 PRODUCTS A. All materials used shall be U.S. made, with the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect eight (8) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, and Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Subcontractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Electrical Subcontractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Section 015000. 1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 5 A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install temporary light and power as specified in Section 015000. The cost of the service and the cost of power consumed shall be borne by the General Contractor. Service shall be metered, 120/240 volt, single phase, sized as required. Branch circuit wiring and duplex receptacles shall be as directed by the General Contractor. 1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Subcontractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools, machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by the individual Subcontractor. 1.14 WORK CONCEALED A. All cable and raceway (except surface metal raceway) shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, except that in rooms without ceilings, horizontal runs only may be exposed at ceilings. B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 6 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to final acceptance, Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish three (3) sets of complete instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of all systems installed under his Contract. These instructions shall be typed or printed, and each set bound separately with durable covers. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or persons as the Architect and/or Owner may designate, regarding the care and use of all systems and all apparatus pertaining thereto. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Section 017700. 1.18 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01030 “ALTERNATES” for a description of all alternate bid work. 1.19 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4” in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of electrical work in the building, shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Electrical Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co- ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4” in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes/conduit where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Electrical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 7 D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1.20 COORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The electrical Subcontractor shall cooperate with the other sub trades in preparing a complete set of co-ordination drawings on back grounds provided by the HVAC contractor. B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches, at a suitable scale, not less than ¼”=1’, clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. C. Conduit and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first co-ordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes by the other trades. D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract, Architectural, or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details. G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 8 PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs concealed vertically in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below 6' above floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications. B. Electrical metallic tubing shall be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise specified. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be steel set screw type. C. Raceways for site power and light shall be Schedule 40 PVC (schedule 80 PVC under roadways), with solvent welded fittings, or Type EB where shown to be encased in concrete. Use steel sweeps on conduit 3” and larger. D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other movable equipment to facilitate removal and connections. 2.2 WIREWAYS A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with applicable rules of the Massachusetts Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and supported as required by Code. 2.3 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors shall not be used. B. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller, Type THHW/THWN, solid. C. Conductors #4 AWG through #8 AWG, Type THHW/THWN, stranded. D. Conductors #3 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded. E. Type NM cable may be used for branch circuit wiring as approved by the local authority having jurisdiction. F. Feeders to Owner’s panel and apartment load centers may be SER cable where allowable for use by code. G. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification sections. H. Wire and Cable to be by Rome, Carol, American, Triangle/PWC, or equal. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 9 2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. B. Other outlet boxes and covers for use with conduit or metallic cable shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel as manufactured by Steel City Electrical Co., General Electric Co., Raco, or approved equal. Outlet boxes used with NM cable may be plastic. 2.5 NAMEPLATES A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval. 2.6 WIRING DEVICES A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where two or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates. 1. Switches shall be flush mounted, specification Grade 15 and 20 amp. 120/277 volt AC with side connection screw terminals and toggle handle. 2. Switches shall be single pole, double pole, 3-way, 4-way, or key operated as indicated by the symbol. Where more than one switch is shown at one outlet, they shall be installed under one plate in an order appropriate to the location of the outlets being controlled. 3. Receptacles shall be flush mounted rated for 15 and 20 amp at 125 volts composition base suitable for side wiring having polarized slots and U-shaped grounding slot, and break-off lug for two circuit installation. 4. Heavy duty receptacles shall be polarized with composition base and pressure type terminals, three or four-pole as required for service as indicated by symbol. 5. Wall plates throughout shall be impact resistant thermoplastic in Ivory with stainless steel satin finish in kitchens and laundry. Plates over grouped devices shall be suitably ganged. 6. Devices shall be furnished by Hubbell, Leviton, or equal to the following Arrow-Hart numbers: a. Light Switches, single pole – No. 1891I, 15 AMP, and No. 1991I, 20 amp, 120/277 volts, Ivory. b. Light Switches, 3-way – No. 1893I, 15 amp, and No. 1993I, 20 amp. 120/277 volts, Ivory. c. Light Switches, 4-way –No. 1894I 15 amp, and No. 1994I, 20 amp. 120/277 volts, Ivory. d. Single Receptacles, No. 5361I, 20 amp.3 wire, 125 volts, Ivory. e. Duplex Receptacles, No. 5262I, 15 amp, and No. 5362I, 20 amp. 3 wire, 125 volts, Ivory. To be tamper proof where required by Code. f. GFI Receptacles, No. GF5242I, 15 amp, and No. 5342I, 20 amp, Ivory, Satin finish stainless steel plate. g. Exterior weatherproof GFI Receptacles No. GF5342I, with TayMac No. 20310 cover. h. Single pole switch with clear lighted handle (to indicate when switch is “on”) Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 10 Arrow-Hart No. 1991PLC. i. Range Receptacle – No. 5754N, flush, 3 pole, 4 wire grounding type, with matching cord and plug. j. Dryer Receptacle – No. 5744N, flush, 3 pole, 4 wire grounding type, with matching cord and plug. 2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective material shall be replaced, at no expense to the owner. B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type. Fixture/lamp combinations for which electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM certified. C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size; fluorescent lamps shall be 2700-3000 K. D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure. E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the fixture schedule and by corresponding letter on Drawings. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect. F. All Edison Base type fixtures shall be provided with solid state LED lamps having greater than 75lm/w output, with the wattage ratings listed. LED lamps shall be 2700K 2.8 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors where shown on the Drawings. B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as indicated on plans and specifications. 1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the OFF position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. 2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the "OFF" position. 3. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless NEMA 3R (rainproof) is specified on the plans. Enclosures shall have gray enamel, electro- deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel. 4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC, as shown. 5. Fuses shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 11 6. Switches shall be Square D Heavy Duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures, or equal. C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole toggle switches as specified, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. D. Equivalent equipment by Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, or Westinghouse will be considered. 2.9 PANELBOARDS A. Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting and receptacle panelboards as indicated on the panelboard schedule and where shown on the plans. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as shown on the schedule. Trim shall be “door-in-door”. B. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating, and have common trip on all multi-pole breakers. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking position between "ON" and "OFF" when the breaker is tripped. Connections to the bus shall be bolt-on. C. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breaker shall be the "distributed phase" or "phase sequence" type. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. Main ratings shall be as shown on the panelboard schedule. Buses shall be copper. D. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit wiring, both breaker and neutral, shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. E. Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top, odd numbers shall be used in sequence down the left-hand side and even numbers shall be used in sequence down the right-hand side. F. A circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high by 3" long or equivalent for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit. Hand written directories will not be acceptable. G. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the rating shown on the panelboard schedule on the plans. H. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and bear the UL label. Panelboards shall be Square D, Type NQOD for 120/240 volts or equal by General Electric, Westinghouse, or ITE. 2.10 LOAD CENTERS A. Load centers shall be Square D type QO. Mains rating and branch circuit breaker ratings shall be of size and number as indicated on drawings. Load centers shall be plug-on type construction. All current carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. Terminals for feeder conductors to main and branch neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for the type conductor specified. The load center bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 12 size of the wiring gutters and gauge steel shall be in accordance with UL Standards No.67 and No. 50. Fronts shall include door and flush tumbler lock with all panels keyed alike and be provided with a directory for circuit identification. Load center boxes and fronts shall have corrosion resisting phosphate treatment and a gray baked enamel finish. Load centers shall be UL listed and meet Federal Specification W-P-115b as Type I, Class 2. B. Branch circuit breakers up to 150 amperes shall be Square D type QO, Q1 or approved equal. All breakers shall be plug-on type, toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between “On” and “Off” when the breaker is tripped and by VISI-TRIP indication. The VISI- TRIP indication consists of a highly visible tripped circuit indicator. The indicator is to be protected by a window which seals the breaker case. The VISI-TRIP indicator shall not be visible when breaker in “ON or “OFF”. All multi-pole breakers shall be single operating handle, common trip variety. Branch circuit breakers feeding convenience outlets shall be Arc Fault circuit interrupter type in order to give “flash protection” for frayed, stranded wire cords. QWIK-GARD circuit breakers with ground fault circuit interrupters shall be used in accordance with the National Electric Code. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed and meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN, Class I. 2.11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS A. Scope 1. New analog/addressable fire detection, alarm and control systems in compliance with the specifications and drawings. The system shall interface to other building systems to conduct monitoring and control functions as described herein. 2. The new fire alarm control panel shall be a microprocessor based fire alarm system. New system shall be Notifier “Fire Warden-50” or equal by Edwards or Gamewell. 3. Each initiating device shall have full analog detection capabilities; will maintain operating characteristics stored in dedicated EEPROM memory, identify its' exact location, and shall operate as described elsewhere in these specifications. 4. Work in this section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the related contract documents. 5. All exceptions, variances and substitutions of operating capabilities or equipment called for in these specifications shall be listed in writing and forwarded to the Engineer at the time of bid. 6. Provide automatic and manual, closed circuit, multiplex fire alarm communications according to the contract documents, wired, connected and left in first class operating condition. 7. Final connections, testing, and adjusting of the system shall be done under the direct supervision of the system supplier. Provide NICET certified and factory trained technicians to demonstrate the system to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, and make all additional adjustments to the system operation as required by the Owner's Representative. a. Provide a NICET certified technician factory trained on the systems for proper operation and interconnect to monitoring system. 8. The system design and installation shall conform to the following standards: a. All equipment shall be UL listed for it's intended purpose. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 13 b. NFPA standards 70, 72, 90A, 92A, and 101. c. BOCA Basic Building Code - Latest Edition. d. Current State Building Code. e. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). f. All requirements of all local authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Submit 8 complete sets of shop drawings to include: a. Complete point-to-point riser diagram showing all equipment and size, type and number of all conductors and devices. b. Large scale drawings of each panel showing module placement and spare capacity allowances. c. Address listing of all field devices shown on floor plans for coordination of LCD message text assignments. d. Original catalog data sheets for all items to assure compliance with these specifications. This equipment shall be subject to approval, and no equipment shall be ordered without prior approval. e. Provide calculations to support the size of standby batteries notification circuits and power supplies submitted. Calculations shall demonstrate proper current draw, voltage drop, wire size considerations, and spare capacity allowances. f. Confirmation that the equipment supplier will provide on-site project management and supervision during system installation, and perform system testing and instruction. 10. Conform to all UL standards for testing and provide certification of the completed installation. Provide the services of a factory trained technician for proper testing and operation of the inter-connect to monitoring system. 11. The equipment supplier shall conduct the initial programming of the system and a complete rack/test of hardware panels prior to delivery to the installing contractor. 12. Provide copies of Operating & Maintenance manuals with the request for final inspection. O & M Manuals shall include the following: a. All of the information submitted in the shop drawings. b. As-built documentation which incorporates all modifications to the system, whether made as a field change or by a change order. c. Include a copy of the final test report, UL certificate and test contract. B. Sequence of Operation 1. The operation of a manual station or activation of any common area automatic alarm initiating device (common area system smoke and heat, and water flow) shall automatically: a. Initiate the transmission of the alarm to the local Fire Department via data transmission by a digital alarm communicator/transmitter (DACT). b. Sound a code 3 temporal evacuation signal over all audio circuits. c. Flash all visual signals throughout the building in a synchronized manner. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 14 d. Flash an alarm LED and sound an audible signal at the FACP. Upon Acknowledgment, the alarm LED shall light steadily and the audible shall silence. Subsequent alarms shall re-initiate this sequence. e. Visually indicate the alarm initiating device type and location via the LCD display located at the FACP and at all remote annunciators. f. Activate the exterior weatherproof beacon. 2. Operation of carbon monoxide detector shall automatically: a. Ring locally at device & provide visual indication of initiation b. Transmit a supervisory alarm to the local Fire Department. 3. The operation of an apartment smoke detector shall cause the following: a. Initiate sounder base alarms in all detectors within the associated dwelling unit. C. General Requirements 1. The fire alarm system shall be designed and UL and FM approved for Fire, Audio Evacuation and Security applications. The system operational characteristics shall be stored in non-volatile EEPROM memory, shall be field programmable and capable of being edited with no factory involvement. 2. The system shall utilize broadcast polling techniques and microprocessor-based detectors to minimize the required response time and possible false alarms. Individual initiating and control devices shall retain pre-programmed response characteristics, history logging, and support electronic addressing. A system-wide response (alarm sequence) to an alarm condition shall take place within 3 seconds. 3. The system shall support analog sensing techniques to monitor individual devices which enable the user to set sensitivity parameters. All inputs shall be subject to multi-level alarm verification. The system shall be capable of reporting the status and sensitivity of each device and vectoring this information to a printer. The system shall automatically identify any detector which becomes dirty (maintenance alert), prior to false alarming. 4. The system shall be supported by standby batteries. In the event of a loss of primary power, batteries shall support 60 hours of full supervisory operation followed by 15 minutes of alarm. 5. The system shall be capable of nine levels of alarm prioritization, and allow control by event, and may include cross zoning, stepping, and/or logic statement inputs. 6. All equipment shall be new and unused. All components and systems shall be designed for uninterrupted duty. All equipment, materials and accessories covered by these requirements shall be provided by a single manufacturer, or if provided by different manufacturers recognized as compatible by both manufacturers. 7. Circuiting Guidelines. Each initiating device and indicating circuit shall be electronically supervised and individually addressable. All wiring shall be as follows: a. Individual addressable modules shall be used to monitor waterflow, tamper, and status conditions from any related systems or conventional devices. b. Addressable control modules or relays shall provide auxiliary control functions. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 15 D. Field Mounted System Components 1. Power Supply System power supply(s) shall provide multiple power limited 24 VDC output circuits as required by the panel Upon failure of normal (AC) power, the effected portion(s) of the system shall automatically switch over to secondary power without losing any system functions. Each system power supply shall be individually supervised. Power supply trouble signals shall identify the specific supply and the nature of the trouble condition. All standby batteries shall be continuously monitored by the power supply. Low battery and disconnection of battery power supply conditions shall immediately annunciated as battery trouble and identify the specific power supply affected. All system power supplies shall be capable of recharging their associated batteries, from a fully discharged condition to a capacity sufficient to allow the system to perform consistent with the requirements of this section, in 48 hours maximum. All AC power connections shall be to the building’s designated emergency electrical power circuit and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72 – The AC power circuit shall be installed in conduit raceway. The power circuit disconnect means shall be clearly labeled FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL and shall have a red marking. The location of the circuit disconnect shall be labeled permanently inside the each control panel the disconnect serves. 2. Fire Initiating Devices Intelligent System Devices: Provide intelligent analog devices where shown and required. Each device shall retain operating characteristics in non-volatile memory and conduct algorithms to distinguish real fire conditions from unwanted nuisance alarms. All analog devices shall provide dual LED indicators, a green LED shall flash to denote active communication, and a red LED shall flash to denote an alarm condition. Devices shall be interchangeable with twist-lock bases which will provide a supervised remote LED output, fault isolation circuitry, or an auxiliary relay contact. In the event of an addressable loop communications failure, devices shall remain capable of initiating an alarm sequence. a. Smoke Detector – Photoelectric Provide analog/addressable photoelectric smoke detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The detector shall have the ability to set the sensitivity and alarm verification of each of the individual detectors on the circuit. It shall be possible to automatically change the sensitivity of individual analog/ addressable detectors for the day and night periods. Each smoke detector shall be capable of transmitting pre-alarm and alarm signals in addition to the normal, trouble and need cleaning information. It shall be possible to program control panel activity to each level. Each smoke detector Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 16 may be individually programmed to operate at any one of five (5) sensitivity settings. Each detector microprocessor shall contain an environmental compensation algorithm that identifies and sets ambient environmental thresholds approximately six times an hour. The microprocessor shall monitor the environmental compensation value and alert the system operator when the detector approaches 75% and 100% of the allowable environmental compensation value. To be Notifier NP-100, or equal. b. Heat Detectors – Fixed Temperature Provide analog/addressable fixed temperature detectors at the locations shown on the drawings. The heat detector shall have a nominal fixed temperature alarm point rating of 135ºF (57ºC). To be Notifier NH-100, or equal. c. Detector Base – Standard Provide standard detector mounting bases suitable for mounting on either North American 1-gang, 3 ½ or 4 inch octagon box and 4 inch square box, or European BESA or 1-gang box. The base shall, contain no electronics and support all series detector types. d. Carbon Monoxide Detector Carbon monoxide detector shall be addressable, UL2075 listed, Notifier N- MMCO, comprising CO detector and addressable module. e. Manual Station – Double Action Single Stage Provide analog/addressable double action, single stage fire alarm stations at the locations shown on the drawings. The fire alarm station shall be of polycarbonate construction and incorporate an internal toggle switch. A locked test feature shall be provided. The station shall be suitable for mounting on North American 2 ½ (64mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 ½ (38mm) deep 4 square boxes with 1-gang covers. Manual station shall be keyed alike with Control Panel. To be Notifier NOT-BG12LX, or equal. f. Notification Appliances Provide low profile wall mount horn/strobes at the locations shown on the drawings. The low profile horn/strobe shall produce a high level db output and offer a full line of A.D.A. compliant strobes. The horn/strobe shall mount to a standard one-gang electrical box and with an optional trim plate accommodate two-gang, octagonal or four inch square electrical boxes. To be Notifier “SpectrAlert Advance” wall horn/strobe, or equal. g. Initiation & Control Modules 1. Monitor Module Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 17 Provide addressable single input monitor modules as shown onplans for monitoring of all waterflow, tamper and supervisory devices. Addressable modules shall mount to single gang electrical boxes. h. Dwelling unit smoke detectors shall be the same describe above plus sounder bases. E. Installation 1. Installation shall be performed by Licensed installers in a workmanlike manner. The work shall be performed by skilled technicians under the direction of experienced engineers, all of whom are properly trained and qualified. 2. Wiring shall meet manufacturer’s requirements. 3. Final Tests / Warranty a. The system shall be fully tested by the contractor and NICET certified technicians in accordance with UL guidelines and NFPA standards. Each and every device shall be tested. b. A copy of the final test report shall be submitted indicating proper functioning of the system and conformance to the specifications. The test shall be performed by factory-trained qualified technicians. Each and every device shall be tested, and standalone operation of remote panels shall be verified. Final testing shall be performed by the same company that will hold and execute the Test and Inspection contract. c. The manufacturer shall guarantee all system equipment for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. d. The contractor shall guarantee all raceways and wiring to be free from inherent mechanical or electrical defects for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the system. 4. Training a. The contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer's representative for a period of 4 hours, during normal business hours, to instruct the owner's designated personnel and fire department response teams on the operation of the system. 2.12 PHOTOCELL A. Photocells for building mounting shall be rated for 1800va ballast load at 120 volts and shall provide adjustable light level selection. Provide with adjustable mounting swivel. To be Tork Model 2101, or equal. 2.13 ELECTRIC SERVICE A. New electric service shall be single phase, underground, provided by the local electric power company. B. New secondary electric service shall be sized as shown on Drawings, 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, 60 Hz, underground. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 18 C. Provide utility approved meter sockets and service disconnect switches. D. The system shall be properly grounded as required by the Massachusetts Electric Code. Ground cable shall be secured to the water service with an approved clamp; bond water pipe sections as required by Section 250-81 MEC. Also install a concrete encased electrode as required by that section. E. Coordinate all service requirements with the local electric power company. F. Service fee for utility work will be paid by Contractor. 2.14 TELEPHONE SYSTEM A. Coordinate new telephone service with Verizon, who will provide exterior wall mounted NID and underground feed. B. Furnish and install, where shown on the drawings, outlets and wiring to make a complete system ready for connection to telephone equipment to be installed. C. Each telephone outlet shall consist of two (2) RJ45 modular jacks, ivory, 4 conductor with labels. D. Each modular jack shall be wired with Cat 6, 2 pair cable to telephone network interface device (NID), terminated as directed by Verizon. E. Service fee for utility work shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.15 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM A. Arrange for and coordinate the cable television service installation with Comcast. Any charges from Comcast shall be included in the Electrical Sub-Bid. B. Comcast will furnish and install the service cable to the building, as well as the service cabinet with its amplifiers, splitters, and appurtenances. C. Comcast will furnish to the Electrical Subcontractor, for installation by him, all required distribution cable within the building plus splitters, connectors, and other required hardware. The installation shall comply with Comcast Standards. D. Each dwelling unit shall be fed independently (home run) from the service cabinet. E. Comcast will make all final connections to splitters, amplifiers, etc., and to TV wall outlets. 2.16 MULTI-METER CENTER A. The Multi-Meter Center shall be square D type EZ Meter-Pak, Meter Center. Multi-Meter Center shall be configured as shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall verify meter socket type with the local power company prior to ordering equipment. 1. Mounting Location: Outdoor. 2. Maximum SCR: 42,000 AIC. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 19 4. Utility Power Feed: 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire. 5. Branch Circuits: Owner Panel a. 400 amp, 120/240 volt, 1, 3 wire, 5th jaw with bypass. 6. Branch Circuits: Residential Units a. 150 amp, 120/240 volt, 1, 3 wire, 5th jaw with manual bypass. PART 3 – INSTALLATION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between actual measurements and those shown on plans. C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Subcontractor finds that the work of other trades might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified. D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the National Electrical Code and local inspection authorities. E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall be made accessible. F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified. 3.2 GROUNDING A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all material required for the grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting systems installed under this Contract. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connections. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where required, conforming with the latest National Electrical Code and other applicable specification standards. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 20 D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each. 3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than the equivalent of three 90˚ bends in a single run. Where more bends are necessary, the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide suitable pull boxes. B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction. C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel connections. D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the building, with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures. 3.4 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. 3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms. 5. Retain fire rating where back-to-back outlets occur in any rated wall. B. Safing Insulation 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors. C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1. At all fire rated assemblies; prepare all penetrations for raceways, cable, and perimeters. Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 21 E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary. 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. 3.5 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Installation of all lighting fixtures shall be done by experienced mechanics. Lighting fixtures shall not be installed where finished coat of paint has been applied to ceiling and walls until paint is thoroughly dry. B. Lighting fixtures in equipment rooms shall not be installed until after all piping and ductwork is in place. Lighting fixtures layout shown on the Drawings is typical layout, but may be modified to provide adequate lighting of the equipment space according to final construction conditions. Any relocation of fixtures due to duct or piping interference shall be as directed by the Architect, at no expense to the Owner. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for proper co-ordination of all lighting fixture locations. Provide support for all fixtures mounted on or recessed in hung ceiling. He shall confer with Ceiling Subcontractor and Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor to co-ordinate lighting system with other trades. D. Provide and install suitable cover plate or canopy for each fixture outlet box where the fixture does not provide a suitable cover. E. Fixtures located on exterior of building shall be installed with cadmium-plated brass screws and gaskets. F. All pendant type fixtures in the same room shall be installed at a uniform height from the floor and shall hang plumb. G. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment, they must be in first-class operating order and in perfect condition as to finish, etc. Check for proper operation and appearance, alignment of fixtures and proper placement of lenses, louvers, lamps and other light controlling or modifying appurtenances. 3.6 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle height shall be as directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48" above finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences. B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without Upper Ridge Flats East Building June 8, 2015 Kuhn Riddle Architects Village Hill Northampton, MA ELECTRICAL SECTION 260000 – 22 excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation. D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back of finished surface. E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture. F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used shall be provided with covers. 3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor and be included in his bid. END OF SECTION